WO2016072259A1 - Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016072259A1
WO2016072259A1 PCT/JP2015/079637 JP2015079637W WO2016072259A1 WO 2016072259 A1 WO2016072259 A1 WO 2016072259A1 JP 2015079637 W JP2015079637 W JP 2015079637W WO 2016072259 A1 WO2016072259 A1 WO 2016072259A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
curable composition
colored curable
color filter
colored
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/079637
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
陽祐 村上
貴規 田口
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2016072259A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016072259A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Definitions

  • color filters are used as key devices for these displays and optical elements, and there is an increasing demand for higher sensitivity and miniaturization.
  • Such a color filter normally has a coloring pattern of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and plays a role of separating transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 As a colorant for forming a green coloring pattern (green pixel portion) in a color filter, use of a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment using zinc as a central metal has been proposed (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • Examples 3 and 7 of Patent Document 1 use a composition containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment in which one chlorine atom, one bromine atom and one hydrogen atom are bonded to one phthalocyanine molecule, The formation of a green colored pattern is described.
  • a green coloring pattern using the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment disclosed in Patent Document 1, and formed a coloring pattern of another color adjacent to the green coloring pattern, It has been found that needle-like crystals based on a color mixture with a colored pattern of an adjacent color may occur in the green colored pattern during high-temperature heating. Further, when the pigment concentration was increased, acicular crystals were likely to be generated at a lower temperature.
  • Patent Document 2 C.I. as a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is used. I. Pigment Green 58 is used. I. Even when Pigment Green 58 was used, the above-mentioned needle-like crystals were likely to be generated. In Patent Document 2, an epoxy compound is included in order to solve the above problem, but in recent years, further suppression of the precipitation of needle crystals has been demanded.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a colored curable composition in which the generation of needle crystals during the production of a cured film such as a color filter is suppressed.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a color filter manufacturing method, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the above-described colored curable composition.
  • the present inventors have used a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment in which the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 14 to 16 and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less.
  • the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved, and have completed the present invention.
  • the present invention provides the following. ⁇ 1> A colorant containing a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent,
  • the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is a colored curable composition having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less.
  • ⁇ 2> The colored curable composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 8.
  • ⁇ 3> The colored curable composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 7.
  • ⁇ 4> The colored curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the resin includes an acidic resin.
  • ⁇ 5> The colored curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, further comprising a pigment derivative.
  • A represents a structure selected from the following general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3):
  • B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group,
  • C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
  • D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group,
  • E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb);
  • Rpa and Rpb each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring;
  • t represents an integer of
  • the curable compound contains at least a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound,
  • a step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, and the colored curable composition layer in a pattern A pattern forming method comprising a step of exposing and a step of developing and removing an unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.
  • a solid-state imaging device having the color filter according to ⁇ 8> or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to ⁇ 11>.
  • An image display device having the color filter according to ⁇ 8> or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to ⁇ 11>.
  • a colored curable composition in which the generation of needle crystals during the production of a cured film such as a color filter is suppressed.
  • a color filter a pattern forming method, a color filter manufacturing method, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the above-described colored curable composition.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • Actinic light or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • exposure means not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also drawing with electron beams, ion beams, etc. unless otherwise specified. Include in exposure.
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the colored curable composition.
  • “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate
  • “(meth) acryl” represents both and / or acrylic and “(meth) acrylic”.
  • Allyl represents both and / or allyl and methallyl
  • “(meth) acryloyl” represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer.
  • the polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
  • the term “process” is not limited to an independent process, and is included in the term if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • a weight average molecular weight and a number average molecular weight are defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC measurement.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 6) as a column.
  • the pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble coloring compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. Typically, it means a dye compound that exists in a dispersed state as particles in the composition.
  • an arbitrary solvent is mentioned with a solvent, For example, the solvent illustrated in the column of the solvent mentioned later is mentioned.
  • the pigment used in the present invention preferably has a dissolution amount in 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. and a dissolution amount in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. of 0.1 g or less.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a colorant containing a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent.
  • the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment contains halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine. The average number is 14 to 16, and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less.
  • a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less, generation of needle-like crystals could be suppressed. Furthermore, a cured film such as a color filter having small luminance unevenness and excellent spectral characteristics can be manufactured.
  • the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention is a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having, as a colorant, an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less. Those containing (also referred to as zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A) are used.
  • the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment having zinc as a central metal, and as represented by the following general formula (A1), the central metal zinc is surrounded by four nitrogen atoms of an isoindole ring. It takes a planar structure located in the region.
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom, or a substituent.
  • halogen atom examples include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • substituent the description in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0027 of JP2013-209623A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 14 to 16, and preferably 15 to 16.
  • the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 0 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 7, and still more preferably 2 to 7. If the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms are within the above ranges, the generation of needle crystals can be suppressed. Furthermore, a cured film (color filter) with small luminance unevenness, a cured film (color filter) excellent in spectral characteristics, and the like can be manufactured.
  • examples of the halogen atom other than the bromine atom include a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom. From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of needle-like crystals, or from the viewpoint of uneven brightness, a chlorine atom, A fluorine atom is preferable, and a chlorine atom is more preferable.
  • the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine can be calculated from mass analysis and halogen content analysis by flask combustion ion chromatography.
  • the content of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A in the total amount of the colorant is preferably 30 to 100% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A One kind of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A may be used. Further, X 1 to X 16 in the general formula (A1) are different combinations of compounds (which satisfy the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms as defined in the present invention, and X 1 to X 16 are Two or more kinds of compounds in different combinations may be included. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a colorant other than the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and preferably contains another colorant. As other colorants, yellow colorants are preferred.
  • the other colorant may be either a dye or a pigment, or a combination of both. 1 type may be sufficient as another colorant, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • the pigment examples include conventionally known various inorganic pigments or organic pigments. Further, considering that it is preferable to have a high transmittance, whether it is an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, it is preferable to use a pigment having an average particle size as small as possible, and considering the handling properties, the average particle size of the pigment is 0.01 to 0.1 ⁇ m is preferable, and 0.01 to 0.05 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • inorganic pigments include metal compounds represented by metal oxides, metal complex salts, and the like.
  • black pigments such as carbon black and titanium black, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper
  • metal oxides such as titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc and antimony, and composite oxides of the above metals.
  • Examples of the organic pigment that can be preferably used in the present invention include the following. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • organic pigments can be used alone or in various combinations in order to increase color purity.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 150, and 185 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and 185 are more preferable.
  • Examples of the dye include, for example, JP-A No. 64-90403, JP-A No. 64-91102, JP-A No. 1-94301, JP-A No. 6-11614, No. 2592207, and US Pat. No. 4,808,501.
  • dye currently disclosed by 194828 gazette etc. can be used.
  • pyrazole azo compounds When classified as chemical structure, pyrazole azo compounds, pyromethene compounds, anilinoazo compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds, etc. Can be used.
  • a dye multimer may be used as the dye. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in JP2011-213925A and JP2013-041097A.
  • the content of the other colorant is preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A. More preferred is 120 parts by mass, and still more preferred is 20-60 parts by mass.
  • Other colorants include C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150, and / or C.I. I.
  • pigment yellow 185 is contained, it is preferably 10 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 10 to 120 parts by weight, and still more preferably 20 to 60 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A. If it is the said range, the spectral characteristic preferable on color reproducibility will be acquired.
  • the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 55% by mass or less.
  • the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 40 to 90% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 45% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less. If the content of the colorant is in the above-described range, a color pattern having a uniform film thickness and excellent rectangularity can be easily obtained.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a curable compound.
  • a curable compound a known compound that can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, and heat can be used.
  • a compound having a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy, oxetane) group, a methylol group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound and a compound having an epoxy group.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof and a multimer thereof.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • monomers and prepolymers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters, amides, and multimers thereof.
  • esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds, amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyvalent amine compounds, and multimers thereof.
  • addition reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies with unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group, monofunctional or polyfunctional is also preferably used.
  • reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols, halogen groups and tosyloxy groups
  • a reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a leaving substituent such as monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines or thiols is also suitable.
  • compounds described in paragraphs [0095] to [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 can be preferably used in the present invention.
  • the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having at least one group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.
  • the compounds described in JP-A-2013-29760, paragraph 0227, and JP-A-2008-292970, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the polymerizable compounds are dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (KAYARAD D-320 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, manufactured as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and structures in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are mediated by ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer) preferable.
  • These oligomer types can also be used.
  • NK ester A-TMMT penentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound are shown below.
  • the polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferable, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound.
  • a polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix TO-2349, M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.
  • the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a caprolactone structure.
  • the compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule.
  • trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol Mention is made of an ⁇ -caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by esterifying (meth) acrylic acid and ⁇ -caprolactone with a polyhydric alcohol such as tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine and the like.
  • a polyhydric alcohol such as tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine and the like.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents a number of 1 or 2
  • “*” Indicates a bond.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.
  • polymerizable compound a compound represented by the following general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can also be used.
  • each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O).
  • Each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • the total of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40 .
  • any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6
  • each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60 .
  • any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — represents oxygen
  • a form in which the end on the atom side is bonded to X is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
  • the total content of the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) is a conventionally known process, which is a ring-opening addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. It can be synthesized from a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton by reaction and a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).
  • a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.
  • Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”).
  • exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by the general formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, Nippon Kayaku Examples thereof include DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Further, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used.
  • urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA- 306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and the like.
  • a compound having an epoxy group can also be used as the curable compound.
  • an epoxy group-containing compound is preferably used as the curable compound.
  • the compound having an epoxy group one having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. By using a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule, the effect of the present invention can be achieved more effectively.
  • the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 3 in one molecule.
  • the compound having an epoxy group preferably has a structure in which two benzene rings are connected by a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the epoxy group is connected via a connecting group.
  • the linking group include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —NR ′ — (R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • the compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, or a molecular weight of less than 1000), or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (2a) is preferably used as the compound having an epoxy group having a structure in which two benzene rings are linked by a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 to R 19 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
  • paragraph number 0036 of JP2013-011869A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are included in this specification.
  • R 1 to R 19 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group. More preferably, at least one selected from R 13 , R 18 and R 19 is a methyl group. More preferably, R 13 , R 18 and R 19 are methyl groups, and R 1 to R 12 and R 14 to R 17 are hydrogen atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2a) can be synthesized in consideration of paragraph number 0036 of JP2013-011869A.
  • Examples of commercially available products include VG-3101L manufactured by Printec Co., Ltd., NC-6000 and NC-6300 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • R EP1 to R EP3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group, and the alkyl group may have a cyclic structure, and may have a substituent. Also good. R EP1 and R EP2 , R EP2 and R EP3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • QEP represents a single bond or an nEP- valent organic group.
  • R EP1 ⁇ R EP3 may be combined to form a ring structure Q EP.
  • nEP represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, and more preferably 2 to 6. However, n EP is 2 when Q EP is a single bond. Details of R EP1 to R EP3 and Q EP can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0087 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-089408, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an oligomer or polymer having an epoxy group in the side chain can also be preferably used.
  • examples of such compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, and aliphatic epoxy resins. These compounds may be used as commercial products or can be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into the side chain of the polymer.
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resin JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc.
  • bisphenol F type epoxy resin is JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON830, EPICLON835.
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • EOCN-1020 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • aliphatic epoxy resins include ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, E -4085S, EP-4088S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEEAD PB 3600, PB 4700 (above, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries), Denacol EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation).
  • ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • JER1031S manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • JER1032H60 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • EPICLON HP-4700 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • EPICLON840 DIC Corporation
  • EPICLON N660 DIC Corporation
  • EPICLON HP7200 DIC Corporation
  • the like can also be preferably used.
  • the content of the curable compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • One curable compound may be used alone, or two or more curable compounds may be used in combination. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound.
  • the polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (T1).
  • T1 In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
  • the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably n is 2 and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulas (T2) to (T4), and a compound represented by the formula (T2) is particularly preferable. These polyfunctional thiols can be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the polyfunctional thiol is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. More preferably, the content is from 8 to 6.4 mass%.
  • Polyfunctional thiols may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion and the like.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the applicability of the colored curable composition are satisfied, but the solubility, applicability, and safety of the colorant, resin, curable compound, etc. are improved. It is preferable to select in consideration.
  • the solvent examples include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, Alkyl oxyacetates (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (Eg, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc.
  • esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl
  • Oxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc.
  • ethers For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate and the like and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and 3-heptanone, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as , Preferable examples include toluene and xylene.
  • solvents from the viewpoints of solubility of the colorant, resin, curable compound, etc., and improvement of the coated surface.
  • a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable.
  • the solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmmpl / L or less, and is preferably a solvent substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the colored curable composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent or two or more types of solvents. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the colorant in the composition or the purpose of the binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing a colorant such as a pigment is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • the resin can be used for other purposes.
  • the resin content is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition.
  • the resin content is within the above range, the dispersibility of the colorant is good.
  • the resin preferably contains a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the dispersant preferably includes at least an acidic dispersant, and more preferably only an acidic dispersant.
  • the dispersant contains at least an acidic dispersant, the generation of acicular crystals can be more effectively suppressed.
  • the dispersibility of the colorant is improved and luminance unevenness is less likely to occur.
  • pattern formation can be suitably performed by photolithography.
  • content of an acidic dispersing agent is 99 mass% or more in the total mass of a dispersing agent, for example that a dispersing agent is only an acidic dispersing agent, and shall be 99.9 mass% or more. You can also.
  • the acidic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups occupies 70 mol% or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. A resin consisting only of groups is more preferred.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups accounts for 50 mol% or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and still more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment.
  • the content of the acidic resin is preferably 10 to 50% by mass and more preferably 20 to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If content of acidic resin is the said range, developability will be favorable.
  • the proportion of the acidic resin in the total mass of the resin is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 75 to 100% by mass, further preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100%. Mass% is particularly preferred, and 95 to 100 mass% is most preferred.
  • the dispersant examples include a polymer dispersant [for example, polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly (meth) acrylate, (meth). Acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine and the like.
  • a polymer dispersant for example, polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly (meth) acrylate, (meth).
  • Acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate] polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine and the like.
  • Polymer dispersants can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers based on their structures.
  • the polymer dispersant acts to adsorb on the surface of the pigment and prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be mentioned as preferred structures.
  • Examples of the terminal-modified polymer include a polymer having a phosphate group at the end described in JP-A-3-112992 and JP-T-2003-533455, and JP-A-2002-273191. Examples thereof include a polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the terminal and a polymer having a partial skeleton of organic dye or a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A-9-77994. In addition, polymers having two or more pigment surface anchor sites (acid groups, basic groups, organic dye partial skeletons, heterocycles, etc.) introduced at the polymer ends described in JP-A-2007-277514 are also available. It is preferable because of excellent dispersion stability.
  • Examples of the graft polymer include a polyester-based dispersant. Specifically, reaction products of poly (lower alkyleneimine) and polyester described in JP-A-54-37082, JP-A-8-507960, JP-A-2009-258668, etc.
  • Macromonomer AA-6 manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd. Acid-6
  • AS-6 polystyrene whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group
  • AN-6S a copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group
  • AB-6 polyyester whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group
  • Placel FM5 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • block polymers As the block polymer, block polymers described in JP-A Nos. 2003-49110 and 2009-52010 are preferable.
  • the resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group can be constituted using a monomer having an acid group. Examples of the monomer derived from the acid group include a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group, a vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group, and a vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group.
  • vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group examples include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ - Carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate and the like can also be used.
  • anhydride containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxyl group.
  • monomers having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride and the like.
  • An addition reaction product with a cyclic anhydride is preferred.
  • the vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid.
  • Examples of the vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group include phosphoric acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl ester), phosphoric acid mono (1-methyl-2-acryloyloxyethyl ester), and the like.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group the description in paragraph numbers 0067 to 0069 of JP-A-2008-165059 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are included in the present specification.
  • acidic resin which consists of a graft copolymer containing the repeating unit represented by either general formula (A1) and general formula (A2) and the repeating unit which has an acid group as a dispersing agent.
  • A1 and A2 the repeating unit represented by either general formula (A1) and general formula (A2) and the repeating unit which has an acid group as a dispersing agent.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent —CO—, — C ( ⁇ O) O—, —CONH—, —OC ( ⁇ O) —, or a phenylene group
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group
  • m and n each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8
  • p and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 100 Represents.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a monovalent organic group a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group is preferable.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 3 and R 6 are most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group from the viewpoint of adsorption efficiency on the pigment surface.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent —CO—, —C ( ⁇ O) O—, —CONH—, —OC ( ⁇ O) —, or a phenylene group.
  • —C ( ⁇ O) O—, —CONH—, and a phenylene group are preferable from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to the pigment, and —C ( ⁇ O) O— is most preferable.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group.
  • the divalent organic linking group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group or a divalent organic linking group comprising an alkylene group and a hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the hetero atom in the partial structure containing a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Among these, an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom are preferred.
  • the adjacent oxygen atom means an oxygen atom bonded on the side of the side chain to L 1 in the general formula (A1) and L 2 in the general formula (A2).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • substituents include the substituent described in paragraph No. 0028 of JP-A-2009-256572, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • a 1 and A 2 are, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • M and n each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, 4 to 6 is preferable, and 5 is most preferable.
  • P and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 100. Two or more different p and different q may be mixed. p and q are preferably 5 to 60, more preferably 5 to 40, and still more preferably 5 to 20 from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A2) can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph Nos. 0034 to 0044 of JP-A-2009-256572. Are incorporated herein.
  • repeating unit having an acid group examples include those described above. Details of the acidic resin can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0021 to 0088 of JP-A-2009-256572, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Specific examples of the acidic resin include the following.
  • an oligoimine resin containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can be used as the dispersant.
  • the oligoimine resin has a repeating unit having a partial structure X having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain containing an oligomer chain or a polymer chain Y having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and has a main chain and a side chain.
  • a resin having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the chains is preferred.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom.
  • the oligoimine resin preferably contains a structure having a nitrogen atom having a base strength of pK b of 14 or less, and more preferably contains a structure having a nitrogen atom of pK b of 10 or less.
  • the base strength pK b in the present invention means a pK b at a water temperature 25 ° C., is one of the index for quantitatively indicating the strength of the base, is synonymous with basicity constants.
  • a base strength pK b, the acid strength pK a below, a relationship of pK b 14-pK a.
  • the oligoimine-based resin is at least selected from a poly (lower alkyleneimine) -based repeating unit, a polyallylamine-based repeating unit, a polydiallylamine-based repeating unit, a metaxylenediamine-epichlorohydrin polycondensate-based repeating unit, and a polyvinylamine-based repeating unit.
  • One type of repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom which is a repeating unit (i) having a partial structure X bonded to the basic nitrogen atom and having a functional group of pKa14 or less, and 40 to 10, And side chains (ii) containing 000 oligomer chains or polymer chains Y.
  • the poly (lower alkyleneimine) may be a chain or a network.
  • the lower alkylene imine means an alkylene imine containing an alkylene chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the repeating unit (i) preferably forms a main chain portion in the oligoimine resin.
  • the number average molecular weight of the main chain portion that is, the number average molecular weight of the portion excluding the side chain (ii) from the oligoimine resin is preferably from 100 to 10,000, more preferably from 200 to 5,000, and more preferably from 300 to 2,000 is most preferred.
  • the number average molecular weight of the main chain part is obtained from the ratio of the hydrogen atom integral value of the terminal group and main chain part measured by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, or by measuring the molecular weight of an oligomer or polymer containing an amino group as a raw material. Can be sought.
  • One preferred embodiment of the oligoimine resin includes an embodiment including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, a represents each independently an integer of 1 to 5, * Represents a connecting portion between repeating units, X represents a group having a functional group of pKa14 or less, and Y represents an oligomer chain or polymer chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms.
  • the oligoimine resin preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-3). According to this aspect, the dispersion performance of a colorant or the like is further improved.
  • R 1 , R 2 and a have the same meanings as R 1, R 2, and a in the general formula (I-1).
  • Y ′ represents an oligomer chain or polymer chain having an anion group and having 40 to 10,000 atoms.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (I-3) is reacted by adding an oligomer or polymer having a group that reacts with an amine to form a salt to a resin having a primary or secondary amino group in the main chain. Can be formed.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • a is preferably 2 from the viewpoint of raw material availability.
  • the oligoimine resin includes a lower alkyleneimine containing a primary or tertiary amino group in addition to the repeating units represented by the general formula (I-1), the general formula (I-2) and the general formula (I-3). May be included as a repeating unit.
  • the group shown by X, Y, or Y ' may couple
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (I-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 3 to 50 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (I-2) is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 90 mol%, and most preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin. .
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (I-2) [(I-1) :( I-2)] is preferably in the range of 10: 1 to 1: 100, more preferably in the range of 1: 1 to 1:10 in terms of molar ratio.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-3) used in combination optionally has a partial structure containing an oligomer chain or polymer chain Y ′ having 40 to 10,000 atoms in the main chain nitrogen atom. From the viewpoint of the effect, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.5 to 20 mol%, and preferably 1 to 10 mol% in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin. Is most preferred. In addition, it can confirm that the polymer chain Y 'has ionically bonded by infrared spectroscopy or base titration.
  • oligoimine resin Another preferred embodiment of the oligoimine resin includes an embodiment including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-2).
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • *, X and Y have the same meanings as *, X and Y in formulas (I-1) and (I-2).
  • the oligoimine resin preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-3). According to this aspect, the dispersion performance of a colorant or the like is further improved.
  • R 3 , R 4, R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R 3, R 4, R 5 and R 6 in Formula (II-1).
  • Y ′ has the same meaning as Y ′ in formula (I-3).
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
  • the general formula (II-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 3 to 50 mol%, in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
  • the general formula (II-2) is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 90 mol%, and most preferably 30 to 70 mol% in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) [(II-1) :( II-2)] is preferably in the range of 10: 1 to 1: 100, more preferably in the range of 1: 1 to 1:10 in terms of molar ratio.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-3) used in combination is preferably contained in an amount of 0.5 to 20 mol%, preferably 1 to 10 mol%, based on all repeating units of the oligoimine resin. Most preferably.
  • the oligoimine resin is most preferably an embodiment containing both the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2). .
  • the partial structure X has a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less at a water temperature of 25 ° C.
  • pKa has the definition described in Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).
  • the “functional group of pKa14 or less” is not particularly limited as long as the physical properties satisfy this condition, and examples thereof include those having a pKa satisfying the above range with known functional groups.
  • the following functional groups are preferred, and those having a pKa of 11 or less are most preferred.
  • partial structure X examples include, for example, a carboxylic acid group (pKa: about 3 to 5), a sulfonic acid (pKa: about ⁇ 3 to ⁇ 2), —COCH 2 CO— (pKa: about 8 to 10), —COCH 2 CN (pKa: about 8 to 11), —CONHCO—, phenolic hydroxyl group, —R F CH 2 OH or — (R F ) 2 CHOH (R F represents a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • a carboxylic acid group pKa: about 3 to 5
  • a sulfonic acid pKa: about ⁇ 3 to ⁇ 2
  • —COCH 2 CO— pKa: about 8 to 10
  • —COCH 2 CN pKa: about 8 to 11
  • CONHCO— phenolic hydroxyl group
  • R F CH 2 OH or — (R F ) 2 CHOH R F represents a perfluoroalkyl group
  • PKa 9 to 11 Degree
  • sulfonamide groups pKa: about 9 to 11
  • carboxylic acid groups pKa: about 3 to 5
  • sulfonic acid groups pKa: about ⁇ 3 to ⁇ 2
  • —COCH 2 CO- pKa: about 8 to 10.
  • the partial structure X is preferably directly bonded to the basic nitrogen atom in the repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom.
  • the nitrogen atom of the repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom and the partial structure X may be linked in a form in which a salt is formed by ionic bond as well as a covalent bond.
  • the partial structure X those having a structure represented by the following general formula (V-1), general formula (V-2) or general formula (V-3) are particularly preferable.
  • U represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • d and e each independently represents 0 or 1;
  • Q represents an acyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by U include an alkylene group which may have an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkyleneoxy group and the like, and in particular, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 6
  • An arylene group having 20 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is most preferable.
  • d is preferably 1, and e is preferably 0.
  • Q represents an acyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the acyl group in Q an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and acetyl is particularly preferable.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group in Q Q is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production of an acetyl group and availability of a raw material (precursor X ′ of X).
  • oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having 40 to 10,000 atoms examples include known polymer chains such as polyester, polyamide, polyimide, and poly (meth) acrylate that can be linked to the main chain portion of the oligoimine resin.
  • the binding site with the oligoimine resin in Y is preferably the end of Y.
  • Y is preferably bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) described above.
  • the bonding mode between the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) and Y is a covalent bond, an ionic bond, or a mixture of a covalent bond and an ionic bond.
  • Y is preferably ionically bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) as an amide bond or carboxylate.
  • the number of atoms of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y is preferably 50 to 5,000, more preferably 60 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability.
  • the number average molecular weight of Y can be measured by the polystyrene conversion value by GPC method.
  • the number average molecular weight of Y is particularly preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and most preferably 1,000 to 30,000 from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability. It is preferable that two or more side chain structures represented by Y are connected to the main chain in one molecule of the resin, and most preferably five or more are connected.
  • the description of paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of JP2013-064979A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.
  • oligoimine resin can be synthesized by the method described in paragraph numbers 0110 to 0117 of JP2013-064979A.
  • Specific examples of the oligoimine-based resin described above include the following resins.
  • resins described in paragraph numbers 0099 to 0109 and 0119 to 0124 of JP2013-064979A can be cited, and the contents thereof are incorporated in this specification.
  • the acidic dispersant a resin having an acid group and an unsaturated double bond described in JP-A-2008-165059, paragraphs 0020 to 0075 can be used.
  • the dispersant is also available as a commercial product. Specific examples thereof include “DA-7301” manufactured by Enomoto Kasei Co., Ltd., “Disperbyk-101 (polyamidoamine phosphate)” manufactured by BYK Chemie, 107 (carboxylic acid).
  • Ester 110 (copolymer containing an acid group), 111 (phosphate dispersing agent), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer) ”, “BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), manufactured by EFKA”"EFKA 4047, 4050-4010-4165 (polyurethane type), EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylate)” , 5010 (polyesteramide), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate) , 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative) ”,“ Ajisper PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881 ”manufactured by Ajinomoto Fan Techno Co.,“ Floren TG-710 (urethane oligomer) manufactured by Kyoeisha
  • Acrybase FFS-6752, Acrybase FFS-187, Acrycure-RD-F8, and Cyclomer P can be used.
  • resin demonstrated with the said dispersing agent can also be used for uses other than a dispersing agent. For example, it can be used as a binder.
  • the colored curable composition of this invention can contain alkali-soluble resin as resin. By containing an alkali-soluble resin, developability and pattern formation are improved.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersant or a binder.
  • the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly defined, but the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may be a linear organic polymer, and has at least one alkali-soluble polymer in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be appropriately selected from alkali-soluble resins having a promoting group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid group”).
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polysiloxane resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • Acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
  • the group that promotes alkali solubility include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and those that are soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution are preferable.
  • Particularly preferred is meth) acrylic acid. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a known radical polymerization method can be applied.
  • Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. It can also be done.
  • the alkali-soluble resin a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, and a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification are used.
  • a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification are used.
  • examples thereof include maleic acid copolymers, alkali-soluble phenol resins such as novolak resins, acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group in the side chain, and polymers having a hydroxyl group added with an acid anhydride.
  • a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin.
  • examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate,
  • vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfury
  • an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may be used.
  • the polymerizable group include a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group in a side chain is useful.
  • the alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is prepared by reacting an isocyanate group and a hydroxyl group in advance, leaving one unreacted isocyanate group and containing a polymerizable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, and a carboxyl group.
  • alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group examples include: Dial NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (produced by COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer. Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd., biscort R-264, KS resist). 106 (both manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA230AA), Plaxel CF200 series (both manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB), Acryl-RD -F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)
  • Alkali-soluble resins include benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / Multi-component copolymers composed of (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a monomer containing a compound represented by the following general formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following general formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimers”). It is also preferable to include a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the components.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP 2010-168539 A can be referred to.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n Linear or branched alkyl groups such as -propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl Alicyclic groups such as dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl and 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; alkyl groups substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl and 1-ethoxyethyl; benzyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as;
  • ether dimer examples include, for example, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene).
  • dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred.
  • These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring that may contain a benzene ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring.
  • Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso) propyl group.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and still more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 12% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. Preferably, 3 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • Particularly preferred are pigment derivatives having a basic group.
  • the combination of the above-described resin (dispersion resin) and the pigment derivative is preferably an acidic type resin in which the resin has an acid group and a combination in which the pigment derivative has a basic group.
  • organic pigment for constituting the pigment derivative examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thioindigo pigments , Isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, selenium pigments, metal complex pigments, and the like.
  • a sulfonic acid group a carboxylic acid group, and its salt
  • a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are more preferable
  • a sulfonic acid group is especially preferable.
  • the basic group possessed by the pigment derivative is preferably an amino group, particularly preferably a tertiary amino group.
  • quinoline-based, benzimidazolone-based and isoindoline-based pigment derivatives are particularly preferable, and quinoline-based and benzimidazolone-based pigment derivatives are more preferable.
  • a pigment derivative having the following structure is preferable.
  • A represents a structure selected from the following general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3): B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group, C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents, D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group, E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb); Rpa and Rpb each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring; t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
  • Rp 1 represents an alkyl or aryl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • Rp 2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group
  • Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents, s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp 2 may be the same as or different from each other;
  • Rp 1 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
  • Rp 2 is preferably a halogen atom, and most preferably a chlorine atom.
  • examples of the (t + 1) -valent linking group represented by B include an alkylene group, an arylene group, and a heteroarylene group.
  • examples of the alkylene group include straight chain, branched, and cyclic.
  • the (t + 1) -valent linking group is particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following structural formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9). * Represents a connecting part with A and C.
  • pigment derivatives having a linking group represented by the structural formula (PA-5) or (PA-8), particularly as B are more excellent in dispersibility. This is preferable.
  • examples of the alkylene group and arylene group represented by D include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a decylene group, a cyclopropylene group, and a cyclobutylene group.
  • a linear alkylene group is preferable, and a linear alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • examples of the alkyl group and aryl group in Rpa and Rpb include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, phenyl group And a naphthyl group.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group is particularly preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is most preferable.
  • E represents a salt of —SO 3 H or a salt of —CO 2 H
  • the atom or atomic group forming the salt includes a lithium atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, etc.
  • Alkali metals, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like are preferable.
  • T is preferably 1 or 2.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the description in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP2011-252065A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or an atom or atomic group forming a salt.
  • the content of the pigment derivative in the colored curable composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to visible light from the ultraviolet region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some action with a photoexcited sensitizer and generates an active radical, or may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer.
  • the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, and oxime derivatives.
  • Oxime compounds such as organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, and hydroxyacetophenones.
  • trihalomethyltriazine compounds trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, oniums
  • compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.
  • trihalomethyltriazine compound More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compound, ⁇ -aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, oxime compound, triallylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, trihalomethyltriazine compound, ⁇ -aminoketone
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention when used for the production of a color filter of a solid-state imaging device, it is necessary to form a fine pattern with a sharp shape. It is important that there is no development. From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a stepper exposure apparatus exposure machine
  • the use of an oxime compound can improve the color transfer.
  • paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP2013-29760A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • hydroxyacetophenone compounds As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which an absorption wavelength is matched with a long wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • acylphosphine initiator commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
  • Examples of the oxime compound that can be suitably used in the present invention include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane Examples include -2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • J.H. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660) J.M.
  • oxime compounds other than those described above compounds described in JP-A-2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the carbazole N-position, compounds described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into the benzophenone moiety, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, in which a nitro group is introduced into the dye moiety, ketoxime compounds described in International Patent Publication No. 2009-131189, a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule A compound described in US Pat. No.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1).
  • the oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
  • R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent
  • A represents a divalent organic group
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group.
  • the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group.
  • these groups may have one or more substituents.
  • the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
  • the substituent examples include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
  • the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
  • the oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of the oxime compound is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
  • For the molar extinction coefficient of the compound a known method can be used.
  • an ethyl acetate solvent is used at a concentration of 0.01 g / L. It is preferable to measure. You may use the photoinitiator used for this invention in combination of 2 or more type as needed.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. Is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.
  • the colored curable composition of this invention is an object for dry etching, it can also be set as the composition which does not contain a photoinitiator substantially.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 1% by mass or less, and preferably 0.1% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition of the present invention. More preferred is 0% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably about 0.01 to 5% by mass relative to the mass of the colored curable composition.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • surfactant Various surfactants may be added to the colored curable composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. That is, when forming a film using a colored curable composition containing a fluorosurfactant, the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid. As a result, the coating property to the coated surface is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several ⁇ m is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in a colored curable composition.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781, F781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC -101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, K393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (made by OMNOVA) etc. are mentioned.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Pionein D-6112-W manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. can be used.
  • cationic surfactant examples include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • phthalocyanine derivatives trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone surfactant examples include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Toray Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the colored curable composition, The amount is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant or two or more types of surfactant. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • silane coupling agent silane compounds having at least two types of functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule are also preferable, and those having an amino group and an alkoxy group as functional groups are particularly preferable.
  • silane coupling agents include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino.
  • Propyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-603, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name, KBE-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), ⁇ -aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-903, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), ⁇ -aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name KBE-903, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3-methacryloxypropyltri And methoxysilane (trade name KBM-503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • the description of paragraph numbers 0155 to 0158 in JP2013-254047A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition, It is more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent or two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives such as a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-aggregation agent, and the like, if necessary. Examples of these additives include those described in JP-A No. 2004-295116, paragraphs 0155 to 0156, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer and a light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and a thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication. .
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the aforementioned components.
  • the components constituting the colored curable composition may be blended together, or may be blended sequentially after each component is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent.
  • the composition may be prepared by dissolving and dispersing all components in a solvent at the same time. If necessary, each component may be suitably used as two or more solutions / dispersions at the time of use (at the time of application). ) May be mixed to prepare a composition.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects.
  • a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects.
  • Any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration.
  • fluorine resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6,6, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high density and ultra high molecular weight), etc. Filter.
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6,6, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high density and ultra high molecular weight), etc.
  • PP polypropylene
  • the pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
  • the pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • a commercially available filter for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.) or KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd. .
  • the second filter a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention can be suitably used for forming a colored layer of a color filter because it can form a cured film having good light resistance, color transfer and flatness.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention is used for solid-state imaging devices such as charge coupled devices (CCD) and complementary metal oxide semiconductors (CMOS), and color filters used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices. It can be suitably used for forming a colored pattern.
  • CCD charge coupled devices
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductors
  • color filters used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices. It can be suitably used for forming a colored pattern.
  • it can be suitably used as a production application for printing ink, inkjet ink, paint, and the like.
  • it can use suitably for manufacture of the color filter for solid-state image sensors, such as CCD and CMOS.
  • the color filter of the present invention is formed using the colored curable composition of the present invention.
  • a colored curable composition layer is formed on a support using the colored curable composition of the present invention, and unnecessary portions are removed to form a colored pattern.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to the formation of a colored pattern of a color filter.
  • pattern formation may be performed by a so-called photolithography method, or pattern formation may be performed by a dry etching method.
  • the first aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes a step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition of the present invention, and a colored curable composition layer. And a step of developing and removing unexposed portions to form a colored pattern. If necessary, a step of baking the colored curable composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post-baking step) may be provided. Moreover, the 2nd aspect of the manufacturing method of the color filter of this invention forms a colored curable composition layer on a support body using the colored curable composition of this invention, and forms a colored layer by hardening
  • the color filter of the present invention can be suitably obtained by the above production method. These details are described below.
  • Step of forming a colored curable composition layer In the step of forming the colored curable composition layer, the colored curable composition layer is formed on the support using the colored curable composition of the present invention.
  • a solid-state image sensor substrate in which a solid-state image sensor (light receiving element) such as a CCD or CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used.
  • the colored pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state image sensor formation surface side (front surface) of the solid-state image sensor substrate, or may be formed on the solid-state image sensor non-formation surface side (back surface).
  • an undercoat layer may be provided on the support for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • various methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.
  • the colored curable composition layer applied on the support can be dried (prebaked) at a temperature of 50 to 140 ° C. for 10 to 300 seconds using a hot plate, oven or the like.
  • the colored curable composition layer formed on the support is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • pattern exposure can be performed by exposing a colored curable composition layer formed on a support using a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Thereby, an exposed part can be hardened.
  • radiation (light) that can be used for exposure ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferable (particularly preferably i-line).
  • Irradiation dose (exposure dose) for example, preferably 30 ⁇ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50 ⁇ 1000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 80 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
  • the thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.1 to 0.9 ⁇ m, and further preferably 0.2 to 0.8 ⁇ m. By setting the film thickness to 1.0 ⁇ m or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be easily obtained.
  • Pattern formation process >>>
  • the unexposed portion is developed and removed to form a colored pattern (pattern forming step).
  • the development removal of the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer.
  • the coloring curable composition layer of the unexposed part in an exposure process elutes in a developing solution, and only the photocured part remains.
  • the developer an organic alkali developer that does not damage the underlying solid-state imaging device or circuit is desirable.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30 ° C., for example.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • alkaline agent used in the developer examples include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide.
  • organic alkaline compounds such as choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5,4,0] -7-undecene.
  • the inorganic alkali for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metasuccinate and the like are preferable.
  • a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
  • post-bake heat treatment after development and drying. If a multicolor coloring pattern is formed, a cured film can be produced by sequentially repeating the process for each color. Thereby, a color filter is obtained.
  • the post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete curing, and the heating temperature is preferably, for example, 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • the post-baking treatment can be carried out continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heater so that the film after development is in the above condition. it can.
  • Pattern formation by dry etching is performed by curing a colored curable composition layer formed on a support to form a colored layer, and then etching the obtained colored layer using a patterned photoresist layer as a mask. It can be performed using gas. Specifically, the colored curable composition layer is cured by, for example, heat or exposure to form a colored layer, and a positive or negative radiation-sensitive composition is applied on the colored layer and dried. To form a photoresist layer. In the formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment. In particular, as a process for forming a photoresist, a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are desirable.
  • a positive radiation sensitive composition sensitive to radiation such as ultraviolet rays (g rays, h rays, i rays), excimer lasers, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, ion beams and X rays. Is preferably used. Of the radiation, g-line, h-line and i-line are preferable, and i-line is particularly preferable.
  • the positive radiation sensitive composition a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is preferable.
  • a positive radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin indicates that a quinonediazide group is decomposed by irradiation with light having a wavelength of 500 nm or less to produce a carboxyl group, resulting in alkali-solubility from an alkali-insoluble state. It is what you use. Since this positive photoresist has remarkably excellent resolving power, it is used for manufacturing integrated circuits such as IC (integrated circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integration). Examples of the quinonediazide compound include a naphthoquinonediazide compound. Examples of commercially available products include FHi622BC (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials).
  • the thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably from 0.1 to 3 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.2 to 2.5 ⁇ m, still more preferably from 0.3 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the application method of a positive type radiation sensitive composition can be suitably performed using the application method in the above-mentioned colored layer.
  • the photoresist layer is exposed and developed to form a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with resist through-hole groups.
  • the formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and can be performed by appropriately optimizing a conventionally known photolithography technique.
  • a resist through hole group in the photoresist layer By providing a resist through hole group in the photoresist layer by exposure and development, a resist pattern as an etching mask used in the next etching is provided on the colored layer.
  • the exposure of the photoresist layer is performed by exposing the positive-type or negative-type radiation-sensitive composition with g-line, h-line, i-line, etc., preferably i-line, through a predetermined mask pattern. Can do. After the exposure, the photoresist is removed in accordance with a region where a colored pattern is to be formed by developing with a developer.
  • Any developer can be used as long as it does not affect the colored layer and dissolves the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist.
  • a combination of various solvents or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving an alkaline compound so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass is suitable.
  • alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metasuccinate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, Examples include pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene. When an alkaline aqueous solution is used, a washing treatment with water is generally performed after development.
  • the resist pattern as an etching mask, patterning is performed by dry etching so that a through hole group is formed in the colored layer. Thereby, a colored pattern is formed.
  • the through-hole group is preferably provided in a checkered pattern, for example, in the colored layer. Therefore, the first colored pattern in which the through hole group is provided in the colored layer has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a checkered pattern.
  • the dry etching is preferably performed in the following manner from the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangle and reducing the damage to the support.
  • a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas (O 2 ) the first stage etching is performed up to a region (depth) where the support is not exposed, and after this first stage etching, nitrogen gas ( N 2 ) and oxygen gas (O 2 ), and a second stage etching is preferably performed to the vicinity of the region (depth) where the support is exposed, and over-etching is performed after the support is exposed.
  • N 2 nitrogen gas
  • O 2 oxygen gas
  • a second stage etching is preferably performed to the vicinity of the region (depth) where the support is exposed, and over-etching is performed after the support is exposed.
  • the form containing these is preferable.
  • a specific method of dry etching and the first stage etching, second stage etching, and over-etching will be described.
  • Dry etching is performed by obtaining etching conditions in advance by the following method.
  • (1) The etching rate (nm / min) in the first stage etching and the etching rate (nm / min) in the second stage etching are calculated respectively.
  • (2) The time for etching the desired thickness in the first stage etching and the time for etching the desired thickness in the second stage etching are respectively calculated.
  • (3) The first-stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above.
  • the second-stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above. Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time.
  • (5) The overetching time is calculated with respect to the total time of (3) and (4) described above, and overetching is performed.
  • the mixed gas used in the first-stage etching process preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and an oxygen gas (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material that is the film to be etched into a rectangular shape.
  • the first stage etching process can avoid damage to the support body by etching to a region where the support body is not exposed.
  • the second stage etching process and the over etching process after the etching is performed up to the region where the support is not exposed by the mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas in the first stage etching process, damage to the support is avoided. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to perform the etching process using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.
  • the ratio between the etching amount in the first stage etching process and the etching amount in the second stage etching process is preferably in the range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. 10 to 20% is more preferable.
  • the etching amount is an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness to be etched and the film thickness before etching.
  • the etching preferably includes an over-etching process.
  • the overetching process is preferably performed by setting an overetching ratio. Moreover, it is preferable to calculate the overetching ratio from the etching process time to be performed first.
  • the over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set, but it is preferably 30% or less of the etching processing time in the etching process, and preferably 5 to 25% from the viewpoint of etching resistance of the photoresist and maintaining the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched. Is more preferable, and 10 to 15% is particularly preferable.
  • the resist pattern that is, the etching mask
  • the removal of the resist pattern preferably includes a step of applying a stripping solution or a solvent on the resist pattern so that the resist pattern can be removed, and a step of removing the resist pattern using cleaning water.
  • Examples of the step of applying a stripping solution or solvent on the resist pattern so that the resist pattern can be removed include, for example, a step of applying a stripping solution or solvent on at least the resist pattern and stagnating for a predetermined time to perform paddle development Can be mentioned.
  • time to make stripping solution or a solvent stagnant It is preferable that it is several dozen seconds to several minutes.
  • examples of the step of removing the resist pattern using the cleaning water include a step of removing the resist pattern by spraying the cleaning water onto the resist pattern from a spray type or shower type spray nozzle.
  • the washing water pure water can be preferably used.
  • examples of the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle in which the entire support is included in the injection range, and an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and in which the movable range includes the entire support. When the spray nozzle is movable, the resist pattern is more effectively removed by moving the support pattern from the center of the support to the end of the support more than twice during the process of removing the resist pattern and spraying the cleaning water. be able to.
  • the stripping solution generally contains an organic solvent, but may further contain an inorganic solvent.
  • organic solvents include 1) hydrocarbon compounds, 2) halogenated hydrocarbon compounds, 3) alcohol compounds, 4) ether or acetal compounds, 5) ketones or aldehyde compounds, and 6) ester compounds.
  • the stripping solution preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.
  • the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group.
  • Specific examples include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N, N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine.
  • Preferred are monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and more preferred is monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH).
  • cyclic nitrogen-containing compounds include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ⁇ -caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, ⁇ -picoline, ⁇ -picoline, ⁇ -picoline, 2- Preferred examples include pipecoline, 3-pipecoline, 4-pipecoline, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-lutidine, and 2,6-lutidine.
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • the stripping solution preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.
  • acyclic nitrogen-containing compound at least one selected from monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and cyclic
  • the nitrogen-containing compound preferably includes at least one selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and more preferably includes monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • a deposit means an etching product deposited and deposited on the side wall of a colored layer.
  • the content of the non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 9 parts by weight or more and 11 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the stripping solution, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 100 parts by weight of the stripping solution. On the other hand, what is 65 to 70 mass parts is desirable. Further, the stripping solution is preferably obtained by diluting a mixture of an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.
  • the method for producing a color filter of the present invention may have a step known as a method for producing a color filter for a solid-state imaging device as a step other than the above, if necessary.
  • a curing step of curing the formed colored pattern by heating and / or exposure may be included as necessary.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention is used to efficiently clean the nozzles and pipes of the discharge unit of the coating device, and the contamination of the colored curable composition and pigment in the coating machine due to adhesion, settling, and drying. It is preferable to use a solvent relating to the composition as the cleaning liquid.
  • a solvent relating to the composition as the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning liquids described in JP2007-2101A, JP2007-2102A, JP2007-281523A, and the like can be suitably used.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers are preferred. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When mixing 2 or more types, it is preferable to mix the solvent which has a hydroxyl group, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group.
  • the mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent not having a hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the ratio is particularly preferably 60/40.
  • a surfactant related to the colored curable composition of the present invention described above may be added to the cleaning liquid.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a CCD or CMOS having a high resolution exceeding 1 million pixels.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be used as, for example, a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for condensing light.
  • the film thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) in the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.7 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, and can also be 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, and can also be 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the above-described color filter of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration that includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device.
  • the support has a transfer electrode made of a plurality of photodiodes and polysilicon constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.). It has a light-shielding film made of tungsten or the like that is open only in the light-receiving part, and has a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving part.
  • the solid-state image sensor color filter of the present invention is included.
  • a configuration having a light condensing means for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter
  • a structure having the light condensing means on the color filter It may be.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. It is particularly suitable for liquid crystal display devices.
  • the liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image with a good display image color and excellent display characteristics.
  • display devices For the definition of display devices and details of each display device, refer to, for example, “Electronic Display Device (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Kenkyukai, 1990)”, “Display Device (Junsho Ibuki, Industrial Books Co., Ltd.) Issued in the first year).
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the “next generation liquid crystal display technology”.
  • the color filter of the present invention may be used in a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type liquid crystal display device.
  • the color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Color TFT liquid crystal display (issued in 1996 by Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd.)”.
  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device with a wide viewing angle, such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as IPS (In Plane Switching), a pixel division method such as MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment), a STN (Super-Twist Nematic).
  • IPS In Plane Switching
  • MVA Multi-domain Vertical Alignment
  • STN Super-Twist Nematic
  • the color filter in the present invention can be used for a bright and high-definition COA (Color-filter On Array) system.
  • COA Color-filter On Array
  • the required characteristics for the color filter layer require the required characteristics for the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the resistance to the stripping solution, in addition to the normal required characteristics as described above.
  • the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, a COA type liquid crystal display device having high resolution and excellent long-term durability can be provided.
  • a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.
  • the liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle guarantee film.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of these known members.
  • these components for example, “'94 Liquid Crystal Display Peripheral Materials / Chemicals Market (Kentaro Shima CMC 1994)”, “2003 Liquid Crystal Related Markets Current Status and Future Prospects (Volume 2)” Fuji Chimera Research Institute, Ltd., published in 2003) ”.
  • backlighting SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et.al), Monthly Display December 2005, pages 18-24 (Yasuhiro Shima), pages 25-30 (Takaaki Yagi), etc. Are listed.
  • the color filter according to the present invention When the color filter according to the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, a high contrast can be realized when combined with a conventionally known three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube, and further, red, green and blue light emitting diode (LED) light sources are used.
  • LED light emitting diode
  • a backlight By using a backlight, a liquid crystal display device having high luminance and high color purity and excellent color reproducibility can be provided.
  • Green pigment dispersion The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment of Table 1 obtained in the synthesis example, a yellow pigment, a pigment derivative, a dispersant, and a solvent were mixed so as to have a mass part shown in the following table, and the mixed solution was mixed by a bead mill. Each green pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing and dispersing for 15 hours.
  • Derivative C the following structure Derivative D: the following structure
  • Derivative E the following structure (Curable compound) Compound A: polymerizable compound (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kay
  • a blue pigment-containing colored curable composition (Blue colored radiation-sensitive composition) was prepared by using the above-mentioned Blue pigment dispersion and mixing and stirring so as to have the following composition.
  • first colored layer green layer
  • second colored layer blue layer
  • the above-described Blue pigment-containing colored curable composition is applied to the first colored layer (green layer) obtained above so that the film thickness after application is 0.8 ⁇ m, dried, and then dried.
  • a laminated color filter in which a second colored layer (blue layer) was formed on the colored layer (green layer) was obtained.
  • the first stage etching process was performed for 80 seconds with the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas being CF 4 : 80 mL / min, O 2 : 40 mL / min, and Ar: 800 mL / min.
  • Luminance unevenness The green pigment-containing colored curable compositions of Examples 1 to 33 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 0.8 ⁇ m, and the coating was performed at 100 ° C. Pre-baked for 120 seconds to obtain a colored coating film.
  • the obtained colored coating film is placed between the observation lens and the light source of the optical microscope, irradiates the light toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state is an optical microscope equipped with a digital camera with a magnification of 1000 times. Observed by.
  • the digital camera provided in the optical microscope is equipped with a CCD with 1.28 million pixels, and the surface of the coating film in a transmitted light state was photographed with the digital camera.
  • the captured image was stored as digitally converted data (digital image) in an 8-bit bitmap format.
  • photography of the coating film surface of a colored coating film was performed with respect to 20 area
  • the digitally converted data was stored by digitizing the captured image as a density distribution of 256 gradations from 0 to 255 for each of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue.
  • the stored digital image was divided into a grid shape so that one grid size corresponds to 0.5 ⁇ m square on the actual substrate, and the luminance in one section was averaged.
  • the total number of sections in one area was 636416.
  • an arbitrary luminance and the average luminance of all adjacent sections adjacent to it were measured.
  • One section having an average luminance difference of 5% or more between one section and an adjacent section was recognized as a significant difference section, the average total number of significant difference sections in all regions was calculated, and luminance unevenness was evaluated based on the following criteria.
  • 5 The number of significant difference sections is 2000 or less.
  • 4 The number of significant difference compartments is 2001 to 3000.
  • 3 The number of significant difference compartments is 3001 to 5000.
  • 2 The number of significant difference compartments is 5001 to 10,000.
  • 1 The number of significant difference sections is 10001 or more.
  • Examples 1 to 12 and 15 to 33 a colored curable composition was prepared by changing the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A to the same amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine pigment F, I or M in Example 1. As compared with the case where a color filter was produced based on Production Example 1, the generation of needle crystals could be suppressed well. Further, in the examples, the luminance unevenness was good. On the other hand, in the comparative example, acicular crystals were easily generated.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)

Abstract

A colored curable composition containing a resin, a curable compound, a solvent, and a colorant that includes a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 14-16 halogen atoms and an average of 12 or fewer bromine atoms per phthalocyanine molecule.

Description

着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子、および、画像表示装置Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサーなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。これらのディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されており、更なる高感度化・小型化の要求が高まっている。このようなカラーフィルタは、通常、赤(R)、緑(G)、及び青(B)の3原色の着色パターンを備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 In recent years, the demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has greatly increased due to the spread of digital cameras and camera-equipped mobile phones. Color filters are used as key devices for these displays and optical elements, and there is an increasing demand for higher sensitivity and miniaturization. Such a color filter normally has a coloring pattern of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and plays a role of separating transmitted light into the three primary colors.
 カラーフィルタにおける緑の着色パターン(緑色画素部)を形成するための着色剤としては、中心金属に亜鉛を用いたハロゲン化フタロシアニン顔料の使用が提案されている(特許文献1、2)。 As a colorant for forming a green coloring pattern (green pixel portion) in a color filter, use of a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment using zinc as a central metal has been proposed (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特開2003-161827号公報JP 2003-161827 A 特開2010-244028号公報JP 2010-244028 A
 特許文献1の実施例3、7には、フタロシアニン1分子に塩素原子が1個、臭素原子が14個、水素原子が1個結合したハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む組成物を用いて、カラーフィルタにおける緑の着色パターンを形成することが記載されている。
 しかしながら、本発明者らが特許文献1に開示されたハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を使用して緑の着色パターンを形成し、この緑の着色パターンに隣接して他色の着色パターンを形成したころ、高温加熱時において、緑の着色パターンに、隣接する他色の着色パターンとの混色に基づく針状結晶が発生することがあることが分かった。また、顔料濃度を高めると、より低温で針状結晶が発生しやすかった。
Examples 3 and 7 of Patent Document 1 use a composition containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment in which one chlorine atom, one bromine atom and one hydrogen atom are bonded to one phthalocyanine molecule, The formation of a green colored pattern is described.
However, when the present inventors formed a green coloring pattern using the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment disclosed in Patent Document 1, and formed a coloring pattern of another color adjacent to the green coloring pattern, It has been found that needle-like crystals based on a color mixture with a colored pattern of an adjacent color may occur in the green colored pattern during high-temperature heating. Further, when the pigment concentration was increased, acicular crystals were likely to be generated at a lower temperature.
 また、特許文献2では、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58を使用しているが、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58を使用した場合においても、上述した針状結晶が発生しやすかった。
 特許文献2では、上記の問題を解決するため、エポキシ化合物を含有させているが、近年においては、針状結晶の析出のさらなる抑制が求められている。
In Patent Document 2, C.I. as a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is used. I. Pigment Green 58 is used. I. Even when Pigment Green 58 was used, the above-mentioned needle-like crystals were likely to be generated.
In Patent Document 2, an epoxy compound is included in order to solve the above problem, but in recent years, further suppression of the precipitation of needle crystals has been demanded.
 よって、本発明の目的は、カラーフィルタ等の硬化膜の製造時における針状結晶の発生が抑制された着色硬化性組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、前述した着色硬化性組成物を利用した、カラーフィルタ、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子、および、画像表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a colored curable composition in which the generation of needle crystals during the production of a cured film such as a color filter is suppressed. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a color filter manufacturing method, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the above-described colored curable composition.
 本発明者らは詳細に検討した結果、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることで、上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。本発明は、以下を提供する。
<1> ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色剤と、樹脂と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下である、着色硬化性組成物。
<2> ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が1~8個である、<1>に記載の着色硬化性組成物。
<3> ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が1~7個である、<1>に記載の着色硬化性組成物。
<4> 樹脂は、酸性樹脂を含む、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物。
<5> 更に顔料誘導体を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物。<6> 顔料誘導体が、下記一般式(P)で表される化合物である<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 一般式(P)中、Aは、下記一般式(PA-1)~(PA-3)から選ばれる構造を表し、
 Bは単結合、または、(t+1)価の連結基を表し、
 Cは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
 Dは、単結合、アルキレン基、または、アリーレン基を表し、
 Eは、-SO3Hもしくはその塩、-CO2Hもしくはその塩、または、-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表し、
 RpaおよびRpbは、各々独立して、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、RpaおよびRpbは互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
 tは1~5の整数を表す;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 Rpは、炭素数1~5のアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 Rpは、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、またはヒドロキシル基を表し、
 Rpは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
 sは、0~4の整数を表し、sが2以上の場合、複数のRpは、互いに同じであっても、異なっていてもよく、
 *はBとの連結部を表す。
<7> 硬化性化合物が、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を少なくとも含むものであり、
 更に、光重合開始剤を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物。
<8> <1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ。
<9> <1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、着色硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、未露光部を現像除去して着色パターンを形成する工程とを含むパターン形成方法。
<10> <1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成し、硬化して着色層を形成する工程と、着色層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、露光および現像することによりフォトレジスト層をパターニングしてレジストパターンを得る工程と、レジストパターンをエッチングマスクとして着色層をドライエッチングして着色パターンを形成する工程とを含む、パターン形成方法。
<11> <9>または<10>に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、カラーフィルタの製造方法。
<12> <8>に記載のカラーフィルタ、または、<11>に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法により得られたカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。
<13> <8>に記載のカラーフィルタ、または、<11>に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法により得られたカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置。
As a result of detailed studies, the present inventors have used a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment in which the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 14 to 16 and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less. The present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved, and have completed the present invention. The present invention provides the following.
<1> A colorant containing a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent,
The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is a colored curable composition having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less.
<2> The colored curable composition according to <1>, wherein the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 8.
<3> The colored curable composition according to <1>, wherein the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 7.
<4> The colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the resin includes an acidic resin.
<5> The colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, further comprising a pigment derivative. <6> The colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the pigment derivative is a compound represented by the following general formula (P):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

In the general formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3):
B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group,
C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group,
E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb);
Rpa and Rpb each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring;
t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

Rp 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group,
Rp 2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group,
Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp 2 may be the same as or different from each other;
* Represents a connecting portion with B.
<7> The curable compound contains at least a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound,
The colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
<8> A color filter formed using the colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<9> A step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, and the colored curable composition layer in a pattern A pattern forming method comprising a step of exposing and a step of developing and removing an unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.
<10> A step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7> and curing to form a colored layer; A step of forming a photoresist layer on the layer, a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern, and a dry pattern of the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etching mask to form a colored pattern A pattern forming method including a process.
<11> A method for producing a color filter, comprising the pattern forming method according to <9> or <10>.
<12> A solid-state imaging device having the color filter according to <8> or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <11>.
<13> An image display device having the color filter according to <8> or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <11>.
 本発明によれば、カラーフィルタ等の硬化膜の製造時における針状結晶の発生が抑制された着色硬化性組成物を提供することが可能となった。また、前述した着色硬化性組成物を利用した、カラーフィルタ、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子、および、画像表示装置を提供することが可能となった。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored curable composition in which the generation of needle crystals during the production of a cured film such as a color filter is suppressed. In addition, it is possible to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a color filter manufacturing method, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the above-described colored curable composition.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において光とは、活性光線または放射線を意味する。また、「活性光線」または「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、着色硬化性組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重合性化合物とは、重合性官能基を有する化合物のことをいい、モノマーであっても、ポリマーであってもよい。重合性官能基とは、重合反応に関与する基を言う。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC測定によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてTSKgel Super AWM―H(東ソー(株)製、6.0mmID×15.0cmを、溶離液として10mmol/L リチウムブロミドNMP(N-メチルピロリジノン)溶液を用いることによって求めることができる。
 本発明に用いられる顔料は、溶剤に溶解しにくい不溶性の色素化合物を意味する。典型的には、組成物中に粒子として分散された状態で存在する色素化合物を意味する。ここで、溶剤とは、任意の溶剤が挙げられ、例えば後述する溶剤の欄で例示する溶剤が挙げられる。本発明に用いられる顔料は、例えば、25℃のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテ-ト100gに対する溶解量、および、25℃の水100gに対する溶解量が、いずれも0.1g以下であることが好ましい。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, light means actinic rays or radiation. “Actinic light” or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
In this specification, “exposure” means not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also drawing with electron beams, ion beams, etc. unless otherwise specified. Include in exposure.
In this specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the colored curable composition.
In this specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate, and “(meth) acryl” represents both and / or acrylic and “(meth) acrylic”. ") Allyl" represents both and / or allyl and methallyl, and "(meth) acryloyl" represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In the present specification, the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
In this specification, the term “process” is not limited to an independent process, and is included in the term if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
In this specification, a weight average molecular weight and a number average molecular weight are defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC measurement. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 6) as a column. 0.0 mm ID × 15.0 cm can be determined by using a 10 mmol / L lithium bromide NMP (N-methylpyrrolidinone) solution as the eluent.
The pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble coloring compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. Typically, it means a dye compound that exists in a dispersed state as particles in the composition. Here, an arbitrary solvent is mentioned with a solvent, For example, the solvent illustrated in the column of the solvent mentioned later is mentioned. For example, the pigment used in the present invention preferably has a dissolution amount in 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. and a dissolution amount in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. of 0.1 g or less.
<着色硬化性組成物>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色剤と、樹脂と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下である。
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色硬化性組成物を使用して着色パターン形成すると、従来は、高温加熱時に隣接する着色パターンとの混色に基づく針状結晶が発生することがあったが、本発明によれば、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個で、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いたことにより、針状結晶の発生を抑制することができた。更には、輝度ムラの小さく、分光特性に優れたカラーフィルタ等の硬化膜を製造することもできる。
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
<Colored curable composition>
The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a colorant containing a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent. The halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment contains halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine. The average number is 14 to 16, and the average number of bromine atoms is 12 or less.
When a colored pattern is formed using a colored curable composition containing a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, conventionally, acicular crystals based on a color mixture with an adjacent colored pattern may be generated during high-temperature heating. According to the above, by using a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less, generation of needle-like crystals Could be suppressed. Furthermore, a cured film such as a color filter having small luminance unevenness and excellent spectral characteristics can be manufactured.
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
<<着色剤>>
<<<ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料>>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、着色剤として、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料(ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aともいう)を含むものを用いる。
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、亜鉛を中心金属として有するハロゲン化フタロシアニン顔料であって、下記一般式(A1)で表されるように、中心金属の亜鉛が、イソインドール環の4個の窒素で囲まれた領域内に位置する平面構造をとる。
<< Colorant >>
<<< Zinc Halogenated Phthalocyanine Pigment >>>
The colored curable composition of the present invention is a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having, as a colorant, an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less. Those containing (also referred to as zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A) are used.
The halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment having zinc as a central metal, and as represented by the following general formula (A1), the central metal zinc is surrounded by four nitrogen atoms of an isoindole ring. It takes a planar structure located in the region.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 一般式(A1)において、X1~X16は、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、水素原子、または、置換基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

In the general formula (A1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom, or a substituent.
 ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子、臭素原子、フッ素原子、沃素原子が挙げられる。
 置換基としては、特開2013-209623号公報の段落番号0025~0027の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom.
As the substituent, the description in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0027 of JP2013-209623A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aは、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、15~16個が好ましい。
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aは、フタロシアニン1分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が0~12個であり、1~8個が好ましく、1~7個がさらに好ましく、2~7個が一層好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子の平均個数および臭素原子の平均個数が上記範囲であれば、針状結晶の発生を抑制できる。更には、輝度ムラの小さい硬化膜(カラーフィルタ)、分光特性に優れた硬化膜(カラーフィルタ)等を製造することもできる。
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aにおいて、臭素原子以外のハロゲン原子は、塩素原子、フッ素原子、沃素原子が挙げられ、針状結晶の発生を抑制する観点、または、輝度ムラ等の観点から、塩素原子、フッ素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 なお、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aにおける、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数および臭素原子の平均個数は、質量分析と、フラスコ燃焼イオンクロマトグラフによるハロゲン含有量分析から算出できる。
In the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A, the average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 14 to 16, and preferably 15 to 16.
In the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A, the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine is 0 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 7, and still more preferably 2 to 7.
If the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms are within the above ranges, the generation of needle crystals can be suppressed. Furthermore, a cured film (color filter) with small luminance unevenness, a cured film (color filter) excellent in spectral characteristics, and the like can be manufactured.
In the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A, examples of the halogen atom other than the bromine atom include a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, and an iodine atom. From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of needle-like crystals, or from the viewpoint of uneven brightness, a chlorine atom, A fluorine atom is preferable, and a chlorine atom is more preferable.
In the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A, the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine can be calculated from mass analysis and halogen content analysis by flask combustion ion chromatography.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対する上記ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aの含有量は、10~80質量%が好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下がより好ましく、60質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 また、着色剤全量中における上記ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aの含有量は、30~100質量%が好ましい。下限は、40質量%以上がより好ましく、50質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、90質量%以下がより好ましく、80質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aは、1種であってもよい。また、上記一般式(A1)のX1~X16が、異なる組み合わせの化合物(本発明で規定する、ハロゲン原子の平均個数、および、臭素原子の平均個数を満たし、X1~X16が、異なる組み合わせの化合物)を2種以上含むものであってもよい。2種以上含む場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A in the total amount of the colorant is preferably 30 to 100% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 80% by mass or less.
One kind of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A may be used. Further, X 1 to X 16 in the general formula (A1) are different combinations of compounds (which satisfy the average number of halogen atoms and the average number of bromine atoms as defined in the present invention, and X 1 to X 16 are Two or more kinds of compounds in different combinations may be included. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount falls within the above range.
<<<他の着色剤>>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料以外の他の着色剤を含んでいてもよく、他の着色剤を含んでいる方が好ましい。他の着色剤としては、黄色着色剤が好ましい。他の着色剤は、染料および顔料のいずれでもよく、両者を併用してもよい。
 他の着色剤は、1種であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。
<<< Other colorants >>>
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a colorant other than the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and preferably contains another colorant. As other colorants, yellow colorants are preferred. The other colorant may be either a dye or a pigment, or a combination of both.
1 type may be sufficient as another colorant, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
 顔料としては、従来公知の種々の無機顔料又は有機顔料を挙げることができる。また、無機顔料であれ有機顔料であれ、高透過率であることが好ましいことを考慮すると、平均粒子径がなるべく小さい顔料の使用が好ましく、ハンドリング性をも考慮すると、上記顔料の平均粒子径は、0.01~0.1μmが好ましく、0.01~0.05μmがより好ましい。 Examples of the pigment include conventionally known various inorganic pigments or organic pigments. Further, considering that it is preferable to have a high transmittance, whether it is an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, it is preferable to use a pigment having an average particle size as small as possible, and considering the handling properties, the average particle size of the pigment is 0.01 to 0.1 μm is preferable, and 0.01 to 0.05 μm is more preferable.
 無機顔料としては、金属酸化物、金属錯塩等で示される金属化合物を挙げることができ、具体的には、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック等の黒色顔料、鉄、コバルト、アルミニウム、カドミウム、鉛、銅、チタン、マグネシウム、クロム、亜鉛、アンチモン等の金属酸化物、および上記金属の複合酸化物を挙げることができる。 Examples of inorganic pigments include metal compounds represented by metal oxides, metal complex salts, and the like. Specifically, black pigments such as carbon black and titanium black, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, Mention may be made of metal oxides such as titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc and antimony, and composite oxides of the above metals.
 本発明において好ましく用いることができる有機顔料として、以下のものを挙げることができる。但し本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等、
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等、
 C.I.ピグメントレッド 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン 7,10,36,37,58
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
 C.I.ピグメントブルー 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80
 C.I.ピグメントブラック 1
 これら有機顔料は、単独若しくは色純度を上げるため種々組合せて用いることができる。
 なかでも、C.I.ピグメントイエロー129、138、150、185が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150、185がより好ましい。
Examples of the organic pigment that can be preferably used in the present invention include the following. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175 176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214, etc.,
C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. ,
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
C. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80
C. I. Pigment Black 1
These organic pigments can be used alone or in various combinations in order to increase color purity.
Especially, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 150, and 185 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and 185 are more preferable.
 染料としては、例えば特開昭64-90403号公報、特開昭64-91102号公報、特開平1-94301号公報、特開平6-11614号公報、特登2592207号、米国特許4808501号明細書、米国特許5667920号明細書、米国特許505950号明細書、米国特許5667920号明細書、特開平5-333207号公報、特開平6-35183号公報、特開平6-51115号公報、特開平6-194828号公報等に開示されている色素を使用できる。化学構造として区分すると、ピラゾールアゾ化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アニリノアゾ化合物、トリフェニルメタン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ベンジリデン化合物、オキソノール化合物、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ化合物、ピリドンアゾ化合物、シアニン化合物、フェノチアジン化合物、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン化合物等を使用できる。また、染料としては色素多量体を用いてもよい。色素多量体としては、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the dye include, for example, JP-A No. 64-90403, JP-A No. 64-91102, JP-A No. 1-94301, JP-A No. 6-11614, No. 2592207, and US Pat. No. 4,808,501. US Pat. No. 5,667,920, US Pat. No. 505950, US Pat. No. 5,667,920, JP-A-5-333207, JP-A-6-35183, JP-A-6-51115, and JP-A-6- The pigment | dye currently disclosed by 194828 gazette etc. can be used. When classified as chemical structure, pyrazole azo compounds, pyromethene compounds, anilinoazo compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds, etc. Can be used. A dye multimer may be used as the dye. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in JP2011-213925A and JP2013-041097A.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物に、他の着色剤を含有させる場合、他の着色剤の含有量は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aの100質量部に対し、10~150質量部が好ましく、10~120質量部がより好ましく、20~60質量部が更に好ましい。
 また、他の着色剤として、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150、および/またはC.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含有させる場合は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aの100質量部に対し、10~150質量部が好ましく、10~120質量部がより好ましく、20~60質量部が更に好ましい。上記範囲であれば、色再現性上好ましい分光特性が得られる。
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains another colorant, the content of the other colorant is preferably 10 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A. More preferred is 120 parts by mass, and still more preferred is 20-60 parts by mass.
Other colorants include C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150, and / or C.I. I. When pigment yellow 185 is contained, it is preferably 10 to 150 parts by weight, more preferably 10 to 120 parts by weight, and still more preferably 20 to 60 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment A. If it is the said range, the spectral characteristic preferable on color reproducibility will be acquired.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、着色硬化性組成物中の全固形分に対する着色剤の含有量は、10~90質量%が好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。
 また、着色硬化性組成物をフォトリソグラフィ用として用いる場合は、着色硬化性組成物中の全固形分に対する着色剤の含有量は、10~60質量%が好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、55質量%以下がより好ましい。着色剤の含有量が上述した範囲であれば、着色剤以外の成分の含有量を高めることができ、現像性をより向上できる。
 また、着色硬化性組成物をドライエッチング用として用いる場合は、着色硬化性組成物中の全固形分に対する着色剤の含有量は、40~90質量%が好ましい。下限は、45質量%以上がより好ましく、50質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。着色剤の含有量が上述した範囲であれば、膜厚が均一で、矩形性に優れた着色パターンが得られ易い。
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
When the colored curable composition is used for photolithography, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 10 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 55% by mass or less. If content of a colorant is the range mentioned above, content of components other than a colorant can be raised and developability can be improved more.
When the colored curable composition is used for dry etching, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition is preferably 40 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 45% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less. If the content of the colorant is in the above-described range, a color pattern having a uniform film thickness and excellent rectangularity can be easily obtained.
<<硬化性化合物>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、ラジカル、酸、および熱により架橋可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、環状エーテル(エポキシ、オキセタン)基、メチロール基等を有する化合物が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。
 本発明において、硬化性化合物は、重合性化合物、および、エポキシ基を有する化合物が好ましい。
<< Curable compound >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. As the curable compound, a known compound that can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, and heat can be used. For example, a compound having a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy, oxetane) group, a methylol group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
In the present invention, the curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound and a compound having an epoxy group.
<<<重合性化合物>>>
 本発明において、重合性化合物は、例えば、モノマー、プレポリマー、すなわち2量体、3量体及びオリゴマー、又はそれらの混合物並びにそれらの多量体などの化学的形態のいずれであってもよい。
 重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。
 モノマー、プレポリマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類、並びにこれらの多量体が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アミン化合物とのアミド類、並びにこれらの多量体である。また、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類或いはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との反応物、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との反応物も好適である。また、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。
 これらの具体的な化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号〔0095〕~〔0108〕に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
<<< polymerizable compound >>>
In the present invention, the polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof and a multimer thereof.
The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound.
Examples of monomers and prepolymers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters, amides, and multimers thereof. Preferred are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds, amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyvalent amine compounds, and multimers thereof. In addition, addition reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies with unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group, monofunctional or polyfunctional. A dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols, halogen groups and tosyloxy groups A reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a leaving substituent such as monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines or thiols is also suitable. Moreover, it is also possible to use a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether or the like.
As these specific compounds, compounds described in paragraphs [0095] to [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 can be preferably used in the present invention.
 本発明において、重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を1個以上有する、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257に記載の化合物を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In the present invention, the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having at least one group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure. As examples thereof, for example, the compounds described in JP-A-2013-29760, paragraph 0227, and JP-A-2008-292970, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性化合物は、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬株式会社製、A-DPH-12E;新中村化学社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介している構造(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。また、NKエステルA-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学(株)製)、KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬株式会社製)などを使用することもできる。
 以下に好ましい重合性化合物の態様を示す。
The polymerizable compounds are dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (KAYARAD D-320 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, manufactured as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and structures in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are mediated by ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer) preferable. These oligomer types can also be used. NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like can also be used.
Preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound are shown below.
 重合性化合物は、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。酸基を有する重合性化合物としては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた重合性化合物がより好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の、アロニックスTO-2349、M-305、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. As the polymerizable compound having an acid group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferable, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. A polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix TO-2349, M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
 酸基を有する重合性化合物の好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像溶解特性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。さらには、光重合性能が良好で、硬化性に優れる。 The preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.
 重合性化合物は、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物も好ましい態様である。
 カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物としては、分子内にカプロラクトン構造を有する限り特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、トリメチロールエタン、ジトリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、トリペンタエリスリトール、グリセリン、ジグリセロール、トリメチロールメラミン等の多価アルコールと、(メタ)アクリル酸及びε-カプロラクトンをエステル化することにより得られる、ε-カプロラクトン変性多官能(メタ)アクリレートを挙げることができる。なかでも下記一般式(Z-1)で表されるカプロラクトン構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a caprolactone structure.
The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule.For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, Mention is made of an ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by esterifying (meth) acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone with a polyhydric alcohol such as tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine and the like. Can do. Of these, compounds having a caprolactone structure represented by the following general formula (Z-1) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(Z-1)中、6個のRは全てが下記一般式(Z-2)で表される基であるか、又は6個のRのうち1~5個が下記一般式(Z-2)で表される基であり、残余が下記一般式(Z-3)で表される基である。 In the general formula (Z-1), all six R are groups represented by the following general formula (Z-2), or 1 to 5 of the six R are represented by the following general formula (Z -2), and the remainder is a group represented by the following general formula (Z-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(Z-2)中、R1は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、mは1又は2の数を示し、
「*」は結合手であることを示す。
In general formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2,
“*” Indicates a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(Z-3)中、R1は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。) In general formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond. )
 カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20(上記式(Z-1)~(Z-3)において、m=1、6個のRのうちRが式(Z-2)で表される基の数=2、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-30(同式、m=1、6個のRのうちRが式(Z-2)で表される基の数=3、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-60(同式、m=1、6個のRのうちRが式(Z-2)で表される基の数=6、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-120(同式においてm=2、6個のRのうちRが式(Z-2)で表される基の数=6、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)等が挙げられる。 Polymerizable compounds having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from, for example, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and DPCA-20 (m = 1 Among the six Rs, R is the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 2 and R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (same formula, m = 1, six R In which R is the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 3 and R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (same formula, m = 1, R out of 6 R Number of groups represented by formula (Z-2) = 6, a compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms, DPCA-120 (m = 2 in the formula, R is a group represented by formula (Z— The number of groups represented by 2) = 6, and compounds in which all R 1 are hydrogen atoms).
 重合性化合物は、下記一般式(Z-4)又は(Z-5)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(Z-4)及び(Z-5)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CH2yCH2O)-、又は-((CH2yCH(CH3)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、水素原子、又はカルボキシル基を表す。
 一般式(Z-4)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は3個又は4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は0~40の整数である。但し、各mの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
 一般式(Z-5)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は5個又は6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は0~60の整数である。但し、各nの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
In general formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O). —, Each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
In the general formula (Z-4), the total of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40 . However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
In general formula (Z-5), the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60 . However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
 一般式(Z-4)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
 また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 一般式(Z-5)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
 また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 また、一般式(Z-4)又は一般式(Z-5)中の-((CH2yCH2O)-又は-((CH2yCH(CH3)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。
In general formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In general formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
In the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5), — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — represents oxygen A form in which the end on the atom side is bonded to X is preferred.
 一般式(Z-4)又は一般式(Z-5)で表される化合物は1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。特に、一般式(Z-5)において、6個のX全てがアクリロイル基である形態が好ましい。 The compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the general formula (Z-5), a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
 また、一般式(Z-4)又は一般式(Z-5)で表される化合物の重合性化合物中における全含有量としては、20質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。 The total content of the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.
 一般式(Z-4)又は一般式(Z-5)で表される化合物は、従来公知の工程である、ペンタエリスリト-ル又はジペンタエリスリト-ルにエチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドを開環付加反応により開環骨格を結合する工程と、開環骨格の末端ヒドロキシル基に、例えば(メタ)アクリロイルクロライドを反応させて(メタ)アクリロイル基を導入する工程と、から合成することができる。各工程は良く知られた工程であり、当業者は容易に一般式(Z-4)又は(Z-5)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) is a conventionally known process, which is a ring-opening addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. It can be synthesized from a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton by reaction and a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).
 一般式(Z-4)又は一般式(Z-5)で表される化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール誘導体及び/又はジペンタエリスリトール誘導体がより好ましい。
 具体的には、下記式(a)~(f)で表される化合物(以下、「例示化合物(a)~(f)」とも称する。)が挙げられ、中でも、例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)が好ましい。
Among the compounds represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.
Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”). Among them, exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(Z-4)、(Z-5)で表される重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬株式会社製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by the general formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, Nippon Kayaku Examples thereof include DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
 重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性化合物類を用いることによって、非常に感光スピードに優れた着色硬化性組成物を得ることができる。
 市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(山陽国策パルプ社製)、UA-7200(新中村化学社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬社製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Further, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Thus, it is possible to obtain a colored curable composition having an excellent photosensitive speed.
Commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA- 306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and the like.
<<<エポキシ基を有する化合物>>>
 本発明では、硬化性化合物として、エポキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。
 ドライエッチング法でパターンを形成する場合には、エポキシ基を有する化合物が硬化性化合物として好ましく用いられる。
 エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を2つ以上有するものが好ましい。1分子内にエポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物を用いることにより、本発明の効果をより効果的に達成することができる。エポキシ基は、1分子内に2~10個が好ましく、2~5個がより好ましく、3個が特に好ましい。
<<< Compound having epoxy group >>>
In the present invention, a compound having an epoxy group can also be used as the curable compound.
When a pattern is formed by a dry etching method, an epoxy group-containing compound is preferably used as the curable compound.
As the compound having an epoxy group, one having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. By using a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule, the effect of the present invention can be achieved more effectively. The number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 3 in one molecule.
 本発明においてエポキシ基を有する化合物は、2つのベンゼン環が炭化水素基で連結した構造を有するものが好ましく用いられる。炭化水素基は、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基が好ましい。
 また、エポキシ基は、連結基を介して連結していることが好ましい。連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-NR’-(R’は、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基または置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、水素原子が好ましい)で表される構造、-SO2-、-CO-、-O-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含む基が挙げられる。
In the present invention, the compound having an epoxy group preferably has a structure in which two benzene rings are connected by a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Moreover, it is preferable that the epoxy group is connected via a connecting group. Examples of the linking group include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —NR ′ — (R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. And a group containing at least one selected from —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, and —S—.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、エポキシ当量(=エポキシ基を有する化合物の分子量/エポキシ基の数)が500g/eq以下であることが好ましく、100~400g/eqであることがより好ましく、100~300g/eqであることがさらに好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group preferably has an epoxy equivalent (= molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group / number of epoxy groups) of 500 g / eq or less, more preferably 100 to 400 g / eq, more preferably 100 to 300 g. More preferably, it is / eq.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)のいずれでもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, or a molecular weight of less than 1000), or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
 2つのベンゼン環が炭化水素基で連結した構造の、エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、下記一般式(2a)で表される化合物が好ましく用いられる。 As the compound having an epoxy group having a structure in which two benzene rings are linked by a hydrocarbon group, a compound represented by the following general formula (2a) is preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(2a)において、R1~R19は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、または、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 一般式(2a)のR1~R19の詳細は、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0036を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に含まれることとする。
 特に、R1~R19は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、メチル基、エチル基またはメトキシ基のいずれかが好ましい。また、より好ましくは、R13、R18およびR19から選ばれる1以上がメチル基である。更に好ましくは、R13、R18およびR19がメチル基で、R1~R12、R14~R17が水素原子である。
 上記一般式(2a)で表される化合物は、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0036を参酌して合成できる。市販品としては、株式会社プリンテック製VG-3101L、日本化薬株式会社製NC-6000及びNC-6300等が挙げられる。
In the general formula (2a), R 1 to R 19 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
For details of R 1 to R 19 in the general formula (2a), paragraph number 0036 of JP2013-011869A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are included in this specification.
In particular, R 1 to R 19 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group. More preferably, at least one selected from R 13 , R 18 and R 19 is a methyl group. More preferably, R 13 , R 18 and R 19 are methyl groups, and R 1 to R 12 and R 14 to R 17 are hydrogen atoms.
The compound represented by the general formula (2a) can be synthesized in consideration of paragraph number 0036 of JP2013-011869A. Examples of commercially available products include VG-3101L manufactured by Printec Co., Ltd., NC-6000 and NC-6300 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、例えば、下記一般式(EP1)で表される化合物を用いることができる。 As the compound having an epoxy group, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (EP1) can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(EP1)中、REP1~REP3は、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基を表し、アルキル基は、環状構造を有するものであってもよく、また、置換基を有していてもよい。REP1とREP2、REP2とREP3は、互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
 QEPは単結合若しくはnEP価の有機基を表す。REP1~REP3は、QEPと結合して環構造を形成していても良い。
 nEPは2以上の整数を表し、好ましくは2~10、更に好ましくは2~6である。但しQEPが単結合の場合、nEPは2である。
 REP1~REP3、QEPの詳細について、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0087~0088の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれることとする。
In the formula (EP1), R EP1 to R EP3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group, and the alkyl group may have a cyclic structure, and may have a substituent. Also good. R EP1 and R EP2 , R EP2 and R EP3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
QEP represents a single bond or an nEP- valent organic group. R EP1 ~ R EP3 may be combined to form a ring structure Q EP.
nEP represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, and more preferably 2 to 6. However, n EP is 2 when Q EP is a single bond.
Details of R EP1 to R EP3 and Q EP can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0087 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-089408, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 以下にエポキシ基を有する化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound having an epoxy group are illustrated below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、側鎖にエポキシ基を有するオリゴマーやポリマーも好ましく用いることができる。このような化合物としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等を挙げることができる。
 これらの化合物は、市販品を用いてもよいし、ポリマーの側鎖へエポキシ基を導入することによっても得られる。
 市販品としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER827、JER828、JER834、JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、JER1009、JER1010(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上、DIC(株)製)等であり、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、JER4007、JER4010(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上、DIC(株)製)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上、日本化薬(株)製)等であり、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER152、JER154、JER157S70、JER157S65(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、EPICLON N-775(以上、DIC(株)製)等であり、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上、DIC(株)製)、EOCN-1020(以上、日本化薬(株)製)等であり、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂としては、ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、同EP-4085S、同EP-4088S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、同PB 4700(以上、ダイセル化学工業(株)製)、デナコール EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)等である。その他にも、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、同EP-4003S、同EP-4010S、同EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、JER1031S(ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)等が挙げられる。
 また、JER1031S(三菱化学(株)製)、JER1032H60(三菱化学(株)製)、EPICLON HP-4700(DIC(株)社製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)社製)、EPICLON840(DIC(株)社製)、EPICLON N660(DIC(株)社製)、EPICLON HP7200(DIC(株)社製)等も好ましく用いることができる。
As the compound having an epoxy group, an oligomer or polymer having an epoxy group in the side chain can also be preferably used. Examples of such compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, and aliphatic epoxy resins.
These compounds may be used as commercial products or can be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into the side chain of the polymer.
As a commercial product, for example, as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc., and bisphenol F type epoxy resin is JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON830, EPICLON835. (Above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), LCE-21, RE-602S (above, Nippon Kayaku) As the phenol novolac type epoxy resin, JER152, JER154, JER157S70, JER157S65 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 The cresol novolac type epoxy resin is EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690. EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EOCN-1020 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc., and aliphatic epoxy resins include ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, E -4085S, EP-4088S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEEAD PB 3600, PB 4700 (above, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries), Denacol EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation). In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.) and the like.
In addition, JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), JER1032H60 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON HP-4700 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EPICLON840 ( DIC Corporation), EPICLON N660 (DIC Corporation), EPICLON HP7200 (DIC Corporation), and the like can also be preferably used.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、硬化性化合物の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~40質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、例えば、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。硬化性化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the curable compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. For example, the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less. One curable compound may be used alone, or two or more curable compounds may be used in combination. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<多官能チオール化合物>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、重合性化合物の反応を促進させることなどを目的として、分子内に2個以上のメルカプト基を有する多官能チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。多官能チオール化合物は、2級のアルカンチオール類であることが好ましく、特に下記一般式(T1)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 一般式(T1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式(T1)中、nは2~4の整数を表し、Lは2~4価の連結基を表す。)
<< Polyfunctional thiol compound >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (T1).
General formula (T1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.)
 上記一般式(T1)において、連結基Lは炭素数2~12の脂肪族基であることが好ましく、nが2であり、Lが炭素数2~12のアルキレン基であることが特に好ましい。多官能チオール化合物の具体的としては、下記の構造式(T2)~(T4)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(T2)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。これらの多官能チオールは1種または複数組み合わせて使用することが可能である。 In the above general formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably n is 2 and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulas (T2) to (T4), and a compound represented by the formula (T2) is particularly preferable. These polyfunctional thiols can be used alone or in combination.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物が多官能チオールを含有する場合、多官能チオールの含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。また、多官能チオールは安定性、臭気、解像性、現像性、密着性等の改良を目的として添加してもよい。 When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a polyfunctional thiol, the content of the polyfunctional thiol is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. More preferably, the content is from 8 to 6.4 mass%. Polyfunctional thiols may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion and the like.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、溶剤を含有する。
 溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や着色硬化性組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はないが、着色剤、樹脂、硬化性化合物等の溶解性、塗布性、安全性を考慮して選ばれることが好ましい。
<< Solvent >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the applicability of the colored curable composition are satisfied, but the solubility, applicability, and safety of the colorant, resin, curable compound, etc. are improved. It is preferable to select in consideration.
 溶剤としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、オキシ酢酸アルキル(例:オキシ酢酸メチル、オキシ酢酸エチル、オキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-オキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等、並びに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等が好適に挙げられる。 Examples of the solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, Alkyl oxyacetates (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (Eg, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)) ) 2 Oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxy) Propyl propionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, 2-methoxy-2- Methyl methyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc. And ethers For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate and the like and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and 3-heptanone, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as , Preferable examples include toluene and xylene.
 これらの溶剤は、着色剤、樹脂、硬化性化合物等の溶解性、塗布面状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合することも好ましい。例えば、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液が好ましい。
 溶剤は、過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmmpl/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まない溶剤を用いることが好ましい。
It is also preferable to mix two or more of these solvents from the viewpoints of solubility of the colorant, resin, curable compound, etc., and improvement of the coated surface. For example, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate A mixed solution composed of two or more selected from butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable.
The solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmmpl / L or less, and is preferably a solvent substantially free of peroxide.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量が好ましい。下限は、例えば、5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、例えば、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、溶剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the colored curable composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. For example, the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent or two or more types of solvents. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<樹脂>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、樹脂を含む。樹脂は、例えば、着色剤を組成物中で分散させる用途、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などの着色剤を分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的で使用することもできる。
<< Resin >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the colorant in the composition or the purpose of the binder. A resin used mainly for dispersing a colorant such as a pigment is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such use of the resin is merely an example, and the resin can be used for other purposes.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、樹脂の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、10~50質量%が好ましく、20~40質量%がより好ましい。樹脂の含有量が上記範囲であれば、着色剤の分散性が良好である。 In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the resin content is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. When the resin content is within the above range, the dispersibility of the colorant is good.
<<<分散剤>>>
 本発明において、樹脂は、分散剤を含むことが好ましい。分散剤は、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。
 分散剤は、酸性分散剤を少なくとも含むことが好ましく、酸性分散剤のみであることがより好ましい。分散剤が、酸性分散剤を少なくとも含むことにより、針状結晶の発生をより効果的に抑制できる。また、着色剤の分散性が向上し、輝度ムラが生じにくくなる。更には、優れた現像性が得られるので、フォトリソグラフィにて、好適にパターン形成を行うことができる。なお、分散剤が酸性分散剤のみであるとは、例えば、分散剤の全質量中における、酸性分散剤の含有量が99質量%以上であることが好ましく、99.9質量%以上とすることもできる。
<<< Dispersant >>>
In the present invention, the resin preferably contains a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
The dispersant preferably includes at least an acidic dispersant, and more preferably only an acidic dispersant. When the dispersant contains at least an acidic dispersant, the generation of acicular crystals can be more effectively suppressed. In addition, the dispersibility of the colorant is improved and luminance unevenness is less likely to occur. Furthermore, since excellent developability can be obtained, pattern formation can be suitably performed by photolithography. In addition, it is preferable that content of an acidic dispersing agent is 99 mass% or more in the total mass of a dispersing agent, for example that a dispersing agent is only an acidic dispersing agent, and shall be 99.9 mass% or more. You can also.
 ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましく、実質的に酸基のみからなる樹脂がより好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。
 また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。
 酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、40~105mgKOH/gが好ましく、50~105mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60~105mgKOH/gがさらに好ましい。
 本発明において、分散剤の含有量は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料100質量部に対し、10~100質量部が好ましく、20~60質量部がより好ましい。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、酸性樹脂の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、10~50質量%が好ましく、20~40質量%がより好ましい。酸性樹脂の含有量が上記範囲であれば、現像性が良好である。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において、樹脂全質量中における酸性樹脂の割合は、50~100質量%が好ましく、75~100質量%がより好ましく、80~100質量%が更に好ましく、90~100質量%が特に好ましく、95~100質量%が最も好ましい。
Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups occupies 70 mol% or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. A resin consisting only of groups is more preferred. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
The basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups accounts for 50 mol% or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and still more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g.
In the present invention, the content of the dispersant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment.
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the content of the acidic resin is preferably 10 to 50% by mass and more preferably 20 to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If content of acidic resin is the said range, developability will be favorable.
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, the proportion of the acidic resin in the total mass of the resin is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 75 to 100% by mass, further preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100%. Mass% is particularly preferred, and 95 to 100 mass% is most preferred.
 分散剤としては、例えば、高分子分散剤〔例えば、ポリアミドアミンとその塩、ポリカルボン酸とその塩、高分子量不飽和酸エステル、変性ポリウレタン、変性ポリエステル、変性ポリ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物〕、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、アルカノールアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the dispersant include a polymer dispersant [for example, polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly (meth) acrylate, (meth). Acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine and the like.
 高分子分散剤は、その構造から更に直鎖状高分子、末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子に分類することができる。高分子分散剤は、顔料の表面に吸着し、再凝集を防止するように作用する。そのため、顔料表面へのアンカー部位を有する末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子が好ましい構造として挙げることができる。 Polymer dispersants can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers based on their structures. The polymer dispersant acts to adsorb on the surface of the pigment and prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be mentioned as preferred structures.
 末端変性型高分子としては、例えば、特開平3-112992号公報、特表2003-533455号公報等に記載の末端にりん酸基を有する高分子、特開2002-273191号公報等に記載の末端にスルホン酸基を有する高分子、特開平9-77994号公報等に記載の有機色素の部分骨格や複素環を有する高分子などが挙げられる。また、特開2007-277514号公報に記載の高分子末端に2個以上の顔料表面へのアンカー部位(酸基、塩基性基、有機色素の部分骨格やヘテロ環等)を導入した高分子も分散安定性に優れ好ましい。 Examples of the terminal-modified polymer include a polymer having a phosphate group at the end described in JP-A-3-112992 and JP-T-2003-533455, and JP-A-2002-273191. Examples thereof include a polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the terminal and a polymer having a partial skeleton of organic dye or a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A-9-77994. In addition, polymers having two or more pigment surface anchor sites (acid groups, basic groups, organic dye partial skeletons, heterocycles, etc.) introduced at the polymer ends described in JP-A-2007-277514 are also available. It is preferable because of excellent dispersion stability.
 グラフト型高分子としては、例えば、ポリエステル系分散剤等が挙げられる。具体的には、特開昭54-37082号公報、特表平8-507960号公報、特開2009-258668号公報等に記載のポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)とポリエステルの反応生成物、特開平9-169821号公報等に記載のポリアリルアミンとポリエステルの反応生成物、特開平10-339949号公報、特開2004-37986号公報、国際公開パンフレットWO2010/110491等に記載のマクロモノマーと、窒素原子モノマーとの共重合体、特開2003-238837号公報、特開2008-9426号公報、特開2008-81732号公報等に記載の有機色素の部分骨格や複素環を有するグラフト型高分子、特開2010-106268号公報等に記載のマクロモノマーと酸基含有モノマーの共重合体、特開2009-203462号公報に記載の塩基性基と酸基を有する両性樹脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of the graft polymer include a polyester-based dispersant. Specifically, reaction products of poly (lower alkyleneimine) and polyester described in JP-A-54-37082, JP-A-8-507960, JP-A-2009-258668, etc. Reaction products of polyallylamine and polyester described in JP-A-169821, etc., macromonomers described in JP-A-10-339949, JP-A-2004-37986, international publication pamphlet WO2010 / 110491, and the like, and nitrogen atom monomers A graft type polymer having a partial skeleton of organic dye or a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A-2003-238837, JP-A-2008-9426, JP-A-2008-81732, etc. Copolymers of macromonomer and acid group-containing monomer described in JP 2010-106268 A, etc. Such amphoteric resin having a basic group and an acid group described in 009-203462 JP thereof.
 グラフト型高分子をラジカル重合で製造する際に用いるマクロモノマーとしては、公知のマクロモノマーを用いることができ、東亜合成(株)製のマクロモノマーAA-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリメタクリル酸メチル)、AS-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリスチレン)、AN-6S(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるスチレンとアクリロニトリルの共重合体)、AB-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリアクリル酸ブチル)、ダイセル化学工業(株)製のプラクセルFM5(メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのε-カプロラクトン5モル当量付加品)、FA10L(アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのε-カプロラクトン10モル当量付加品)、および特開平2-272009号公報に記載のポリエステル系マクロモノマー等が挙げられる。 As the macromonomer used when the graft polymer is produced by radical polymerization, a known macromonomer can be used. Macromonomer AA-6 manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd. Acid-6), AS-6 (polystyrene whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AN-6S (a copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AB-6 (polyester whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group) Butyl acrylate), Placel FM5 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate with 5 molar equivalents of ε-caprolactone), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate with 10 molar equivalents of ε-caprolactone) And polyester described in JP-A-2-272009 And the like.
 ブロック型高分子としては、特開2003-49110号公報、特開2009-52010号公報等に記載のブロック型高分子が好ましい。 As the block polymer, block polymers described in JP-A Nos. 2003-49110 and 2009-52010 are preferable.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。樹脂が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことにより、フォトリソグラフィにより着色パターンを形成する際、着色画素の下地に発生する残渣をより低減することができる。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸基を有するモノマーを用いて構成できる。酸基に由来するモノマーとしては、カルボキシル基を有するビニルモノマー、スルホン酸基を有するビニルモノマー、リン酸基を有するビニルモノマーなどが挙げられる。
 カルボキシル基を有するビニルモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシル基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。なかでも、未露光部の現像除去性の観点から、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物が好ましい。
 スルホン酸基を有するビニルモノマーとしては、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸などが挙げられる。
 リン酸基を有するビニルモノマーとしては、リン酸モノ(2-アクリロイルオキシエチルエステル)、リン酸モノ(1-メチル-2-アクリロイルオキシエチルエステル)などが挙げられる。
 また、酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2008-165059号公報の段落番号0067~0069の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に含まれることとする。
The resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. When the resin contains a repeating unit having an acid group, when a colored pattern is formed by photolithography, a residue generated on the base of the colored pixel can be further reduced.
The repeating unit having an acid group can be constituted using a monomer having an acid group. Examples of the monomer derived from the acid group include a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group, a vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group, and a vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group.
Examples of the vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. Further, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω- Carboxy-polycaprolactone mono (meth) acrylate and the like can also be used. Moreover, you may use anhydride containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxyl group. Among these, from the viewpoint of developing removability of unexposed areas, monomers having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride and the like. An addition reaction product with a cyclic anhydride is preferred.
Examples of the vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid.
Examples of the vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group include phosphoric acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl ester), phosphoric acid mono (1-methyl-2-acryloyloxyethyl ester), and the like.
As the repeating unit having an acid group, the description in paragraph numbers 0067 to 0069 of JP-A-2008-165059 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are included in the present specification.
 また、本発明では、分散剤として、一般式(A1)および一般式(A2)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位と、酸基を有する繰り返し単位とを含むグラフト共重合体からなる酸性樹脂を用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Moreover, in this invention, acidic resin which consists of a graft copolymer containing the repeating unit represented by either general formula (A1) and general formula (A2) and the repeating unit which has an acid group as a dispersing agent. Can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(A1)及び(A2)中、R1~R6は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表し、X1及びX2は、各々独立に、-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-、又はフェニレン基を表し、L1及びL2は、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の有機連結基を表し、A1及びA2は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表し、m及びnは、各々独立に、2~8の整数を表し、p及びqは、各々独立に、1~100の整数を表す。 In general formulas (A1) and (A2), R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent —CO—, — C (═O) O—, —CONH—, —OC (═O) —, or a phenylene group, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; A 1 and A 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group, m and n each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8, and p and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 100 Represents.
 R1~R6は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
 R1、R2、R4、及びR5としては、水素原子が好ましく、R3及びR6としては、水素原子又はメチル基が、顔料表面への吸着効率の点からも最も好ましい。
R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group is preferable. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 3 and R 6 are most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group from the viewpoint of adsorption efficiency on the pigment surface.
 X1及びX2は、各々独立に、-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-、又はフェニレン基を表す。中でも、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、フェニレン基が、顔料への吸着性の観点で好ましく、-C(=O)O-が最も好ましい。 X 1 and X 2 each independently represent —CO—, —C (═O) O—, —CONH—, —OC (═O) —, or a phenylene group. Among them, —C (═O) O—, —CONH—, and a phenylene group are preferable from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to the pigment, and —C (═O) O— is most preferable.
 L1及びL2は、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の有機連結基を表す。2価の有機連結基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアルキレン基や、アルキレン基とヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を含む部分構造とからなる2価の有機連結基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。
 ヘテロ原子を含む部分構造におけるヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子が挙げられ、中でも、酸素原子、窒素原子が好ましい
 2価の有機連結基としては、上記のアルキレン基の末端に、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-から選ばれるヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を含む部分構造を有し、ヘテロ原子又はヘテロ原子を含む部分構造を介して、隣接した酸素原子と連結したものが、顔料への吸着性の点から好ましい。ここで、隣接した酸素原子とは、一般式(A1)におけるL1、及び一般式(A2)におけるL2に対し、側鎖末端側で結合する酸素原子を意味する。
L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent organic linking group. The divalent organic linking group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group or a divalent organic linking group comprising an alkylene group and a hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom.
The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of the hetero atom in the partial structure containing a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Among these, an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom are preferred. And a partial structure containing a heteroatom or a heteroatom having a heteroatom or a heteroatom selected from —C (═O) —, —OC (═O) —, —NHC (═O) — In view of the adsorptivity to the pigment, those linked to the adjacent oxygen atom via are preferable. Here, the adjacent oxygen atom means an oxygen atom bonded on the side of the side chain to L 1 in the general formula (A1) and L 2 in the general formula (A2).
 A1及びA2は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、又は、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基が好ましい。置換基としては、特開2009-256572号公報の段落番号0028に記載された置換基が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれることとする。 A 1 and A 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Examples of the substituent include the substituent described in paragraph No. 0028 of JP-A-2009-256572, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 A1及びA2としては、分散安定性、現像性の点から、炭素原子数1~20の直鎖アルキル基、炭素原子数3~20の分岐アルキル基、炭素原子数5~20の環状アルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数4~15の直鎖アルキル基、炭素原子数4~15の分岐アルキル基、炭素原子数6~10の環状アルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数6~10の直鎖アルキル基、炭素原子数6~12の分岐アルキル基が更に好ましい。 A 1 and A 2 are, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A straight-chain alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a straight-chain group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferred are alkyl groups and branched alkyl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 m及びnは、各々独立に、2~8の整数を表す。分散安定性、現像性の点から、4~6が好ましく、5が最も好ましい。 M and n each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, 4 to 6 is preferable, and 5 is most preferable.
 p及びqは、各々独立に、1~100の整数を表す。pの異なるもの、qの異なるものが2種以上、混合されてもよい。p及びqは、分散安定性、現像性の点から、5~60が好ましく、5~40がより好ましく、5~20が更に好ましい。 P and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 100. Two or more different p and different q may be mixed. p and q are preferably 5 to 60, more preferably 5 to 40, and still more preferably 5 to 20 from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
 一般式(A1)で表される繰り返し単位、一般式(A2)で表される繰り返し単位の詳細については、特開2009-256572号公報の段落番号0034~0044の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれることとする。 Details of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A2) can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph Nos. 0034 to 0044 of JP-A-2009-256572. Are incorporated herein.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、上述したものが挙げられる。
 上記酸性樹脂の詳細は、特開2009-256572号公報の段落番号0021~0088の記載を参酌することができ、本明細書にはこれらの内容が組み込まれる。上記酸性樹脂の具体例としては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Examples of the repeating unit having an acid group include those described above.
Details of the acidic resin can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0021 to 0088 of JP-A-2009-256572, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Specific examples of the acidic resin include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 また、本発明では、分散剤として、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むオリゴイミン系樹脂を用いることができる。オリゴイミン系樹脂としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造Xを有する繰り返し単位と、原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Yを含む側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。
 ここで、塩基性窒素原子とは、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。オリゴイミン系樹脂は、塩基強度pKb14以下の窒素原子を有する構造を含有することが好ましく、pKb10以下の窒素原子を有する構造を含有することがより好ましい。
 本発明において塩基強度pKbとは、水温25℃でのpKbをいい、塩基の強さを定量的に表すための指標のひとつであり、塩基性度定数と同義である。塩基強度pKbと、後述の酸強度pKaとは、pKb=14-pKaの関係にある。
In the present invention, an oligoimine resin containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain can be used as the dispersant. The oligoimine resin has a repeating unit having a partial structure X having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain containing an oligomer chain or a polymer chain Y having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and has a main chain and a side chain. A resin having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the chains is preferred.
Here, the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. The oligoimine resin preferably contains a structure having a nitrogen atom having a base strength of pK b of 14 or less, and more preferably contains a structure having a nitrogen atom of pK b of 10 or less.
The base strength pK b in the present invention means a pK b at a water temperature 25 ° C., is one of the index for quantitatively indicating the strength of the base, is synonymous with basicity constants. A base strength pK b, the acid strength pK a below, a relationship of pK b = 14-pK a.
 オリゴイミン系樹脂は、ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)系繰り返し単位、ポリアリルアミン系繰り返し単位、ポリジアリルアミン系繰り返し単位、メタキシレンジアミン-エピクロルヒドリン重縮合物系繰り返し単位、及びポリビニルアミン系繰り返し単位から選択される少なくとも1種の、塩基性窒素原子を有する繰り返し単位であって、塩基性窒素原子に結合し、かつpKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造Xを有する繰り返し単位(i)と、原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Yを含む側鎖(ii)と、を有することが特に好ましい。 The oligoimine-based resin is at least selected from a poly (lower alkyleneimine) -based repeating unit, a polyallylamine-based repeating unit, a polydiallylamine-based repeating unit, a metaxylenediamine-epichlorohydrin polycondensate-based repeating unit, and a polyvinylamine-based repeating unit. One type of repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom, which is a repeating unit (i) having a partial structure X bonded to the basic nitrogen atom and having a functional group of pKa14 or less, and 40 to 10, And side chains (ii) containing 000 oligomer chains or polymer chains Y.
 ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)は鎖状であっても網目状であってもよい。ここで、本発明において、低級アルキレンイミンとは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン鎖を含むアルキレンイミンを意味する。
 上記繰り返し単位(i)は、オリゴイミン系樹脂における主鎖部を形成することが好ましい。主鎖部の数平均分子量、すなわち、オリゴイミン系樹脂から、上記側鎖(ii)を除いた部分の数平均分子量は、100~10,000が好ましく、200~5,000がさらに好ましく、300~2,000が最も好ましい。主鎖部の数平均分子量は、核磁気共鳴分光法で測定した末端基と主鎖部の水素原子積分値の比率から求めるか、原料であるアミノ基を含有するオリゴマー又はポリマーの分子量の測定により求めることができる。
The poly (lower alkyleneimine) may be a chain or a network. Here, in the present invention, the lower alkylene imine means an alkylene imine containing an alkylene chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The repeating unit (i) preferably forms a main chain portion in the oligoimine resin. The number average molecular weight of the main chain portion, that is, the number average molecular weight of the portion excluding the side chain (ii) from the oligoimine resin is preferably from 100 to 10,000, more preferably from 200 to 5,000, and more preferably from 300 to 2,000 is most preferred. The number average molecular weight of the main chain part is obtained from the ratio of the hydrogen atom integral value of the terminal group and main chain part measured by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, or by measuring the molecular weight of an oligomer or polymer containing an amino group as a raw material. Can be sought.
(オリゴイミン系樹脂の第一の態様)
 オリゴイミン系樹脂の好ましい態様の一つは、下記一般式(I-1)で表される繰り返し単位、および、一般式(I-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む態様が挙げられる。
(First embodiment of oligoimine resin)
One preferred embodiment of the oligoimine resin includes an embodiment including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(I-1)及び(I-2)中、R1及びR2は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表し、aは各々独立に1~5の整数を表し、*は繰り返し単位間の連結部を表し、XはpKa14以下の官能基を有する基を表し、Yは原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖を表す。 In the general formulas (I-1) and (I-2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, a represents each independently an integer of 1 to 5, * Represents a connecting portion between repeating units, X represents a group having a functional group of pKa14 or less, and Y represents an oligomer chain or polymer chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms.
 オリゴイミン系樹脂は、さらに一般式(I-3)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。この態様によれば、着色剤などの分散性能がより向上する。 The oligoimine resin preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-3). According to this aspect, the dispersion performance of a colorant or the like is further improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(I-3)中、R1、R2及びaは一般式(I-1)におけるR1、R2及びaと同義である。Y'はアニオン基を有する原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖を表す。一般式(I-3)で表される繰り返し単位は、主鎖部に一級又は二級アミノ基を有する樹脂に、アミンと反応して塩を形成する基を有するオリゴマー又はポリマーを添加して反応させることで形成することが可能である。 In the general formula (I-3), R 1 , R 2 and a have the same meanings as R 1, R 2, and a in the general formula (I-1). Y ′ represents an oligomer chain or polymer chain having an anion group and having 40 to 10,000 atoms. The repeating unit represented by formula (I-3) is reacted by adding an oligomer or polymer having a group that reacts with an amine to form a salt to a resin having a primary or secondary amino group in the main chain. Can be formed.
 一般式(I-1)、一般式(I-2)及び一般式(I-3)において、R1及びR2は水素原子であることが好ましい。aは2であることが原料入手性の観点から好ましい。 In general formula (I-1), general formula (I-2) and general formula (I-3), R 1 and R 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms. a is preferably 2 from the viewpoint of raw material availability.
 オリゴイミン系樹脂は、一般式(I-1)、一般式(I-2)及び一般式(I-3)で表される繰り返し単位以外に、一級又は三級のアミノ基を含有する低級アルキレンイミンを繰り返し単位として含んでいてもよい。なお、低級アルキレンイミン繰り返し単位における窒素原子は、さらに、X、Y又はY'で示される基が結合していてもよい。 The oligoimine resin includes a lower alkyleneimine containing a primary or tertiary amino group in addition to the repeating units represented by the general formula (I-1), the general formula (I-2) and the general formula (I-3). May be included as a repeating unit. In addition, the group shown by X, Y, or Y 'may couple | bond with the nitrogen atom in a lower alkyleneimine repeating unit.
 一般式(I-1)で表される繰り返し単位は、オリゴイミン系樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、1~80モル%含有することが好ましく、3~50モル%含有することが最も好ましい。
 一般式(I-2)で表される繰り返し単位は、オリゴイミン系樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~90モル%含有されることが好ましく、30~70モル%含有されることが最も好ましい。
 分散安定性の観点、及び親水性と疎水性とのバランスの観点からは、一般式(I-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(I-2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有比〔(I-1):(I-2)〕は、モル比で10:1~1:100の範囲であることが好ましく、1:1~1:10の範囲であることがより好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by formula (I-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 3 to 50 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
The repeating unit represented by formula (I-2) is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 90 mol%, and most preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin. .
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and the balance between hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (I-2) [(I-1) :( I-2)] is preferably in the range of 10: 1 to 1: 100, more preferably in the range of 1: 1 to 1:10 in terms of molar ratio.
 なお、所望により併用される一般式(I-3)で表される繰り返し単位は、原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Y’を含む部分構造が、主鎖の窒素原子にイオン的に結合しているものであり、オリゴイミン系樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、効果の観点からは、0.5~20モル%含有されることが好ましく、1~10モル%含有されることが最も好ましい。なお、ポリマー鎖Y’がイオン的に結合していることは、赤外分光法や塩基滴定により確認できる。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-3) used in combination optionally has a partial structure containing an oligomer chain or polymer chain Y ′ having 40 to 10,000 atoms in the main chain nitrogen atom. From the viewpoint of the effect, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.5 to 20 mol%, and preferably 1 to 10 mol% in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin. Is most preferred. In addition, it can confirm that the polymer chain Y 'has ionically bonded by infrared spectroscopy or base titration.
 (オリゴイミン系樹脂の第二の態様)
 オリゴイミン系樹脂の別の好ましい態様として、下記一般式(II-1)で表される繰り返し単位、および、一般式(II-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む態様が挙げられる。
(Second embodiment of oligoimine resin)
Another preferred embodiment of the oligoimine resin includes an embodiment including a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(II-1)及び(II-2)中、R3、R4、R5及びR6は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基を表す。*、X及びYは、一般式(I-1)及び(I-2)中における*、X及びYと同義である。 In general formulas (II-1) and (II-2), R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group. *, X and Y have the same meanings as *, X and Y in formulas (I-1) and (I-2).
 オリゴイミン系樹脂は、さらに一般式(II-3)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。この態様によれば、着色剤などの分散性能がより向上する。 The oligoimine resin preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-3). According to this aspect, the dispersion performance of a colorant or the like is further improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(II-3)中、R3、R4、R5及びR6は一般式(II-1)におけるR3、R4、R5及びR6と同義である。Y'は一般式(I-3)におけるY'と同義である。 In the general formula (II-3), R 3 , R 4, R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R 3, R 4, R 5 and R 6 in Formula (II-1). Y ′ has the same meaning as Y ′ in formula (I-3).
 一般式(II-1)、(II-2)及び(II-3)において、R3、R4、R5及びR6は水素原子であることが原料の入手性の観点で好ましい。 In the general formulas (II-1), (II-2) and (II-3), R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
 一般式(II-1)は、オリゴイミン系樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、1~80モル%含有されることが好ましく、3~50モル%含有されることが最も好ましい。
 一般式(II-2)は、オリゴイミン系樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~90モル%含有されることが好ましく、30~70モル%含有されることが最も好ましい。
 分散安定性の観点、及び親水性と疎水性とのバランスの観点からは、一般式(II-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(II-1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有比〔(II-1):(II-2)〕は、モル比で10:1~1:100の範囲であることが好ましく、1:1~1:10の範囲であることがより好ましい。
 所望により併用される一般式(II-3)で表される繰り返し単位は、オリゴイミン系樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、0.5~20モル%含有されることが好ましく、1~10モル%含有されることが最も好ましい。
The general formula (II-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 3 to 50 mol%, in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
The general formula (II-2) is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 90 mol%, and most preferably 30 to 70 mol% in all repeating units contained in the oligoimine resin.
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and the balance between hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) [(II-1) :( II-2)] is preferably in the range of 10: 1 to 1: 100, more preferably in the range of 1: 1 to 1:10 in terms of molar ratio.
The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-3) used in combination is preferably contained in an amount of 0.5 to 20 mol%, preferably 1 to 10 mol%, based on all repeating units of the oligoimine resin. Most preferably.
 オリゴイミン系樹脂は、分散性の観点から、特に一般式(I-1)で表される繰り返し単位と一般式(I-2)で表される繰り返し単位の双方を含む態様であることが最も好ましい。 In view of dispersibility, the oligoimine resin is most preferably an embodiment containing both the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2). .
(pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造X)
 上記部分構造Xは、水温25℃でのpKaが14以下の官能基を有する。ここでいう「pKa」とは、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に記載されている定義のものである。
 「pKa14以下の官能基」は、物性がこの条件を満たすものであれば、その構造などは特に限定されず、公知の官能基でpKaが上記範囲を満たすものが挙げられるが、特にpKaが12以下である官能基が好ましく、pKaが11以下である官能基が最も好ましい。部分構造Xとして具体的には、例えば、カルボン酸基(pKa:3~5程度)、スルホン酸(pKa:-3~-2程度)、-COCH2CO-(pKa:8~10程度)、-COCH2CN(pKa:8~11程度)、-CONHCO-、フェノール性水酸基、-RFCH2OH又は-(RF2CHOH(RFはペルフルオロアルキル基を表す。pKa:9~11程度)、スルホンアミド基(pKa:9~11程度)等が挙げられ、特に、カルボン酸基(pKa:3~5程度)、スルホン酸基(pKa:-3~-2程度)、-COCH2CO-(pKa:8~10程度)が好ましい。
(Partial structure X having a functional group of pKa14 or less)
The partial structure X has a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less at a water temperature of 25 ° C. Here, “pKa” has the definition described in Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).
The “functional group of pKa14 or less” is not particularly limited as long as the physical properties satisfy this condition, and examples thereof include those having a pKa satisfying the above range with known functional groups. The following functional groups are preferred, and those having a pKa of 11 or less are most preferred. Specific examples of the partial structure X include, for example, a carboxylic acid group (pKa: about 3 to 5), a sulfonic acid (pKa: about −3 to −2), —COCH 2 CO— (pKa: about 8 to 10), —COCH 2 CN (pKa: about 8 to 11), —CONHCO—, phenolic hydroxyl group, —R F CH 2 OH or — (R F ) 2 CHOH (R F represents a perfluoroalkyl group. PKa: 9 to 11 Degree), sulfonamide groups (pKa: about 9 to 11) and the like, and in particular, carboxylic acid groups (pKa: about 3 to 5), sulfonic acid groups (pKa: about −3 to −2), —COCH 2 CO- (pKa: about 8 to 10) is preferable.
 部分構造Xは、塩基性窒素原子を有する繰り返し単位における塩基性窒素原子に直接結合することが好ましい。塩基性窒素原子を有する繰り返し単位の窒素原子と部分構造Xとは、共有結合のみならず、イオン結合して塩を形成する態様で連結していてもよい。
 部分構造Xとしては、特に、下記一般式(V-1)、一般式(V-2)又は一般式(V-3)で表される構造を有するものが好ましい。
The partial structure X is preferably directly bonded to the basic nitrogen atom in the repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atom of the repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom and the partial structure X may be linked in a form in which a salt is formed by ionic bond as well as a covalent bond.
As the partial structure X, those having a structure represented by the following general formula (V-1), general formula (V-2) or general formula (V-3) are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(V-1)、一般式(V-2)中、Uは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。d及びeは、それぞれ独立して0又は1を表す。一般式(V-3)中、Qはアシル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。 In the general formulas (V-1) and (V-2), U represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. d and e each independently represents 0 or 1; In general formula (V-3), Q represents an acyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
 Uで表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、酸素原子を有してもよいアルキレン基、アリーレン基、アルキレンオキシ基等が挙げられ、特に炭素数1~30のアルキレン基又は炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキレン基又は炭素数6~15のアリーレン基が最も好ましい。また、生産性の観点から、dは1が好ましく、また、eは0が好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by U include an alkylene group which may have an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkyleneoxy group and the like, and in particular, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 6 An arylene group having 20 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is most preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of productivity, d is preferably 1, and e is preferably 0.
 Qはアシル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Qにおけるアシル基としては、炭素数1~30のアシル基が好ましく、特にアセチルが好ましい。Qにおけるアルコキシカルボニル基としては、Qは、アセチル基が製造のし易さ、原料(Xの前駆体X')の入手性の観点から好ましい。 Q represents an acyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. As the acyl group in Q, an acyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and acetyl is particularly preferable. As the alkoxycarbonyl group in Q, Q is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production of an acetyl group and availability of a raw material (precursor X ′ of X).
(原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Y)
 原子数40~10,000のオリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Yとしては、オリゴイミン系樹脂の主鎖部と連結できるポリエステル、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等の公知のポリマー鎖が挙げられる。Yにおける、オリゴイミン系樹脂との結合部位は、Yの末端であることが好ましい。
 Yは、上述した繰り返し単位(i)の塩基性窒素原子と結合していることが好ましい。繰り返し単位(i)の塩基性窒素原子とYとの結合様式は、共有結合、イオン結合、又は、共有結合及びイオン結合の混合である。繰り返し単位(i)の塩基性窒素原子とYとの結合様式の比率は、共有結合:イオン結合=100:0~0:100であることが好ましく、95:5~5:95がより好ましく、90:10~10:90が最も好ましい。Yは、繰り返し単位(i)の塩基性窒素原子とアミド結合、又はカルボン酸塩としてイオン結合していることが好ましい。
(Oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having 40 to 10,000 atoms)
Examples of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having 40 to 10,000 atoms include known polymer chains such as polyester, polyamide, polyimide, and poly (meth) acrylate that can be linked to the main chain portion of the oligoimine resin. The binding site with the oligoimine resin in Y is preferably the end of Y.
Y is preferably bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) described above. The bonding mode between the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) and Y is a covalent bond, an ionic bond, or a mixture of a covalent bond and an ionic bond. The ratio of the bonding mode between the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) and Y is preferably covalent bond: ionic bond = 100: 0 to 0: 100, more preferably 95: 5 to 5:95, 90:10 to 10:90 is most preferred. Y is preferably ionically bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) as an amide bond or carboxylate.
 オリゴマー鎖又はポリマー鎖Yの原子数としては、分散性・分散安定性・現像性の観点から、50~5,000であることが好ましく、60~3,000であることがより好ましい。
 Yの数平均分子量はGPC法によるポリスチレン換算値により測定することができる。Yの数平均分子量は、特に1,000~50,000が好ましく、1,000~30,000が分散性・分散安定性・現像性の観点から最も好ましい。
 Yで示される側鎖構造は、主鎖連鎖に対し、樹脂1分子中に、2つ以上連結していることが好ましく、5つ以上連結していることが最も好ましい。
 Yの詳細については、特開2013-064979号公報の段落番号0086~0098の記載を参酌でき、本明細書にはこれらの内容が組み込まれることとする。
The number of atoms of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y is preferably 50 to 5,000, more preferably 60 to 3,000, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability.
The number average molecular weight of Y can be measured by the polystyrene conversion value by GPC method. The number average molecular weight of Y is particularly preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and most preferably 1,000 to 30,000 from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability.
It is preferable that two or more side chain structures represented by Y are connected to the main chain in one molecule of the resin, and most preferably five or more are connected.
Regarding the details of Y, the description of paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of JP2013-064979A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.
 上述したオリゴイミン系樹脂は、特開2013-064979号公報の段落番号0110~0117に記載の方法で合成できる。
 上述したオリゴイミン系樹脂の具体例は、例えば、以下に示す樹脂が挙げられる。また、特開2013-064979号公報の段落番号0099~0109、0119~0124に記載された樹脂が挙げられ、本明細書にはこれらの内容が組み込まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
The above-mentioned oligoimine resin can be synthesized by the method described in paragraph numbers 0110 to 0117 of JP2013-064979A.
Specific examples of the oligoimine-based resin described above include the following resins. In addition, resins described in paragraph numbers 0099 to 0109 and 0119 to 0124 of JP2013-064979A can be cited, and the contents thereof are incorporated in this specification.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 また、本発明では、酸性分散剤として、特開2008-165059号公報の段落番号0020~0075に記載された、酸基と不飽和二重結合とを有する樹脂を用いることができる。 In the present invention, as the acidic dispersant, a resin having an acid group and an unsaturated double bond described in JP-A-2008-165059, paragraphs 0020 to 0075 can be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、楠本化成株式会社製「DA-7301」、BYKChemie社製「Disperbyk-101(ポリアミドアミン燐酸塩)、107(カルボン酸エステル)、110(酸基を含む共重合物)、111(リン酸系分散剤)、130(ポリアミド)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共重合物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和ポリカルボン酸)、EFKA社製「EFKA4047、4050~4010~4165(ポリウレタン系)、EFKA4330~4340(ブロック共重合体)、4400~4402(変性ポリアクリレート)、5010(ポリエステルアミド)、5765(高分子量ポリカルボン酸塩)、6220(脂肪酸ポリエステル)、6745(フタロシアニン誘導体)、6750(アゾ顔料誘導体)」、味の素ファンテクノ社製「アジスパーPB821、PB822、PB880、PB881」、共栄社化学社製「フローレンTG-710(ウレタンオリゴマー)」、「ポリフローNo.50E、No.300(アクリル系共重合体)」、楠本化成社製「ディスパロンKS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多価カルボン酸)、#7004(ポリエーテルエステル)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、花王社製「デモールRN、N(ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族スルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)」、「ホモゲノールL-18(高分子ポリカルボン酸)」、「エマルゲン920、930、935、985(ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル)」、「アセタミン86(ステアリルアミンアセテート)」、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製「ソルスパース5000(フタロシアニン誘導体)、22000(アゾ顔料誘導体)、13240(ポリエステルアミン)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(末端部に機能部を有する高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(グラフト型高分子)」、日光ケミカル者製「ニッコールT106(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノオレート)、MYS-IEX(ポリオキシエチレンモノステアレート)」、川研ファインケミカル(株)製 ヒノアクトT-8000E等、信越化学工業(株)製、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341、裕商(株)製「W001:カチオン系界面活性剤」、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル等のノニオン系界面活性剤、「W004、W005、W017」等のアニオン系界面活性剤、森下産業(株)製「EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKAポリマー100、EFKAポリマー400、EFKAポリマー401、EFKAポリマー450」、サンノプコ(株)製「ディスパースエイド6、ディスパースエイド8、ディスパースエイド15、ディスパースエイド9100」等の高分子分散剤、(株)ADEKA製「アデカプルロニックL31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123」、および三洋化成(株)製「イオネット(商品名)S-20」等が挙げられる。また、アクリベースFFS-6752、アクリベースFFS-187、アクリキュア-RD-F8、サイクロマーPを用いることもできる。
 なお、上記分散剤で説明した樹脂は、分散剤以外の用途で使用することもできる。例えば、バインダーとして用いることもできる。
The dispersant is also available as a commercial product. Specific examples thereof include “DA-7301” manufactured by Enomoto Kasei Co., Ltd., “Disperbyk-101 (polyamidoamine phosphate)” manufactured by BYK Chemie, 107 (carboxylic acid). Ester), 110 (copolymer containing an acid group), 111 (phosphate dispersing agent), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer) ”, "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), manufactured by EFKA""EFKA 4047, 4050-4010-4165 (polyurethane type), EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylate)" , 5010 (polyesteramide), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate) , 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative) ”,“ Ajisper PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881 ”manufactured by Ajinomoto Fan Techno Co.,“ Floren TG-710 (urethane oligomer) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ”,“ Polyflow No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer) ”,“ Disparon KS-860, 873SN, 874, # 2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), # 7004 (polyether) manufactured by Enomoto Kasei Co., Ltd. Ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725 ”,“ Demol RN, N (naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate) ”, MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin heavy) manufactured by Kao Corporation Condensate) ”,“ homogenol L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid) ”,“ Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether) ”,“ Acetamine 86 (stearylamine acetate) ”,“ Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative) ”manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd., 22000 (azo) Pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymer having a functional part at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft type polymer) ", manufactured by Nikko Chemical “Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)”, Hinoact T-8000E manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Nosiloxane polymer KP341, “W001: cationic surfactant” manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl Nonionic surfactants such as phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, anionic surfactants such as “W004, W005, W017”, “EFKA-46, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.” EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450 ", manufactured by San Nopco" Disperse Aid 6 " , Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100, etc., "ADEKA Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation , P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123 ”,“ Ionet (trade name) S-20 ”manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd., and the like. Also, Acrybase FFS-6752, Acrybase FFS-187, Acrycure-RD-F8, and Cyclomer P can be used.
In addition, resin demonstrated with the said dispersing agent can also be used for uses other than a dispersing agent. For example, it can be used as a binder.
<<<アルカリ可溶性樹脂>>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、樹脂としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有することができる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有することにより、現像性・パターン形成性が向上する。なお、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、分散剤やバインダーとして用いることもできる。
<<< Alkali-soluble resin >>>
The colored curable composition of this invention can contain alkali-soluble resin as resin. By containing an alkali-soluble resin, developability and pattern formation are improved. The alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersant or a binder.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の分子量としては、特に定めるものではないが、重量平均分子量(Mw)が5,000~100,000であることが好ましくい。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、1,000~20,000であることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、線状有機高分子重合体であってもよく、分子(好ましくは、アクリル系共重合体、スチレン系共重合体を主鎖とする分子)中に少なくとも1つのアルカリ可溶性を促進する基(以下、「酸基」ともいう。)を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。
The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly defined, but the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
The alkali-soluble resin may be a linear organic polymer, and has at least one alkali-soluble polymer in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be appropriately selected from alkali-soluble resins having a promoting group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid group”).
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、耐熱性の観点からは、ポリヒドロキシスチレン系樹脂、ポリシロキサン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましく、現像性制御の観点からは、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性を促進する基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性ヒドロキシル基などが挙げられるが、有機溶剤に可溶で弱アルカリ水溶液により現像可能なものが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましいものとして挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polysiloxane resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of heat resistance. Acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and those that are soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution are preferable. Particularly preferred is meth) acrylic acid. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の製造には、例えば、公知のラジカル重合法による方法を適用することができる。ラジカル重合法でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を製造する際の温度、圧力、ラジカル開始剤の種類およびその量、溶媒の種類等々の重合条件は、当業者において容易に設定可能であり、実験的に条件を定めるようにすることもできる。 For the production of the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. It can also be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、側鎖にカルボン酸を有するポリマーが好ましく、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体、ノボラック型樹脂などのアルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂等、並びに側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、ヒドロキシル基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの挙げられる。特に、(メタ)アクリル酸と、これと共重合可能な他のモノマーとの共重合体が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として好適である。(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーとしては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アリール(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル化合物などが挙げられる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアリール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等、ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、グリシジルメタクリレート、アクリロニトリル、ビニルアセテート、N-ビニルピロリドン、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー等、特開平10-300922号公報に記載のN位置換マレイミドモノマーとして、N―フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等を挙げることができる。なお、これらの(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーは1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 As the alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, and a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification are used. Examples thereof include maleic acid copolymers, alkali-soluble phenol resins such as novolak resins, acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group in the side chain, and polymers having a hydroxyl group added with an acid anhydride. In particular, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds. As alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, Examples of vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene Macromonomer, polymethylmethacrylate macromonomer, as N-position-substituted maleimide monomer described in JP-A-10-300922, may be mentioned N- phenylmaleimide, an N- cyclohexyl maleimide and the like. In addition, only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
 また、本発明における着色硬化性組成物の架橋効率を向上させるために、重合性基を有したアルカリ可溶性樹脂を使用してもよい。重合性基としては、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等が挙げられる。重合性基を有したアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、重合性基を側鎖に含有したアルカリ可溶性樹脂等が有用である。
 重合性基を含有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、予めイソシアネート基とヒドロキシル基を反応させ、未反応のイソシアネート基を1つ残し、かつ(メタ)アクリロイル基等の重合性基を含む化合物と、カルボキシル基を含むアクリル樹脂とを反応させて得られるウレタン変性したアルカリ可溶性樹脂;カルボキシル基を含むアクリル樹脂と、分子内にエポキシ基及び重合性二重結合を有する化合物との反応によって得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂;酸ペンダント型エポキシアクリレート樹脂;ヒドロキシル基を含むアクリル樹脂と重合性二重結合を有する2塩基酸無水物を反応させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂;ヒドロキシル基を含むアクリル樹脂と、イソシアネート及び重合性基を有する化合物を反応させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂;特開2002-229207号公報及び特開2003-335814号公報に記載されるα位又はβ位にハロゲン原子或いはスルホネート基などの脱離基を有するエステル基を側鎖に有する樹脂を塩基性処理を行うことで得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂などが好ましい。
 重合性基を含有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、ダイヤナ-ルNRシリーズ(三菱レイヨン株式会社製)、Photomer6173(COOH含有 polyurethane acrylic oligomer.Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,製)、ビスコートR-264、KSレジスト106(いずれも大阪有機化学工業株式会社製)、サイクロマーPシリーズ(例えば、ACA230AA)、プラクセル CF200シリーズ(いずれもダイセル化学工業株式会社製)、Ebecryl3800(ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)、アクリキュア-RD-F8(日本触媒社製)などが挙げられる。
Moreover, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the colored curable composition in the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group. As the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group in a side chain is useful.
The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is prepared by reacting an isocyanate group and a hydroxyl group in advance, leaving one unreacted isocyanate group and containing a polymerizable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, and a carboxyl group. Urethane-modified alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting with an acrylic resin containing; an alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group with a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond in the molecule; acid Pendant-type epoxy acrylate resin; alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting an acrylic resin containing a hydroxyl group with a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; an acrylic resin containing a hydroxyl group, an isocyanate and a polymerizable group An alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting a compound; Basic treatment of a resin having in the side chain an ester group having a leaving group such as a halogen atom or a sulfonate group at the α-position or β-position described in JP-A-2002-229207 and JP-A-2003-335814 Alkali-soluble resin obtained by 1 is preferable.
Examples of the alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group include: Dial NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (produced by COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer. Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd., biscort R-264, KS resist). 106 (both manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA230AA), Plaxel CF200 series (both manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB), Acryl-RD -F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/他のモノマーからなる多元共重合体が好ましく用いることができる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを共重合したもの、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクレート/メタクリル酸共重合体なども好ましく用いることができる。 Alkali-soluble resins include benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / Multi-component copolymers composed of (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used. Further, a copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-140654, 2 -Hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene A macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer can also be preferably used.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記一般式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記一般式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分を重合してなるポリマー(a)を含むことも好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin is a monomer containing a compound represented by the following general formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following general formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimers”). It is also preferable to include a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the components.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(ED1)中、R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 一般式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。一般式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In general formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

In general formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), the description in JP 2010-168539 A can be referred to.
 一般式(ED1)中、R1およびR2で表される置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、tert-ブチル、tert-アミル、ステアリル、ラウリル、2-エチルヘキシル等の直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基;フェニル等のアリール基;シクロヘキシル、tert-ブチルシクロヘキシル、ジシクロペンタジエニル、トリシクロデカニル、イソボルニル、アダマンチル、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル等の脂環式基;1-メトキシエチル、1-エトキシエチル等のアルコキシで置換されたアルキル基;ベンジル等のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチル、エチル、シクロヘキシル、ベンジル等のような酸や熱で脱離しにくい1級または2級炭素の置換基が耐熱性の点で好ましい。 In the general formula (ED1), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n Linear or branched alkyl groups such as -propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl Alicyclic groups such as dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl and 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; alkyl groups substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl and 1-ethoxyethyl; benzyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as; Among these, an acid such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl or the like, or a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by heat is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、ジメチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)
]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-プロピル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソプロピル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-ブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(tert-ブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(tert-アミル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ステアリル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ラウリル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-エチルヘキシル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-メトキシエチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-エトキシエチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジフェニル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(tert-ブチルシクロヘキシル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ジシクロペンタジエニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(トリシクロデカニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソボルニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジアダマンチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-メチル-2-アダマンチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、ジメチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエートが好ましい。これらエーテルダイマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。一般式(ED)で示される化合物由来の構造体は、その他のモノマーを共重合させてもよい。
Specific examples of the ether dimer include, for example, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene).
] Bis-2-propenoate, di (n-propyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2 -Propenoate, di (n-butyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobutyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (Tert-butyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (tert-amyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (stearyl) ) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (lauryl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoe Di (2-ethylhexyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (1-methoxyethyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate Di (1-ethoxyethyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diphenyl-2,2 '-[Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (tert-butylcyclohexyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene )] Bis-2-propenoate, di (dicyclopentadienyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-pro Noate, di (tricyclodecanyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobornyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di And adamantyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (2-methyl-2-adamantyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate . Among these, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred. These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する構造単位を含んでいてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 式(X)において、R1は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R2は炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、R3は、水素原子またはベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。
The alkali-soluble resin may contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring that may contain a benzene ring. Represents an alkyl group. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
 上記式(X)において、R2のアルキレン基の炭素数は、2~3が好ましい。また、R3のアルキル基の炭素数は1~20であるが、より好ましくは1~10であり、R3のアルキル基はベンゼン環を含んでもよい。R3で表されるベンゼン環を含むアルキル基としては、ベンジル基、2-フェニル(イソ)プロピル基等を挙げることができる。 In the above formula (X), the alkylene group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso) propyl group.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、特開2012-208494号公報段落0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の<0685>~[0700])以降の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 さらに、特開2012-32767号公報に記載の段落番号0029~0063に記載の共重合体(B)および実施例で用いられているアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2012-208474号公報の段落番号0088~0098に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-137531号公報の段落番号0022~0032に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2013-024934号公報の段落番号0132~0143に記載のバインダー樹脂および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2011-242752号公報の段落番号0092~0098および実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-032770号公報の段落番号0030~0072の記載のバインダー樹脂を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
As for the alkali-soluble resin, paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to <0685> to [0700] of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) can be referred to, and the contents thereof can be referred to. Incorporated herein.
Further, the copolymer (B) described in paragraph Nos. 0029 to 0063 described in JP 2012-32767 A and the alkali-soluble resin used in Examples, paragraph Nos. 0088 to 2020 of JP 2012-208474 A The binder resin described in 0098 and the binder resin used in Examples, the binder resin described in Paragraph Nos. 0022 to 0032 of JP 2012-137531 B, and the binder resin used in Examples, The binder resin described in paragraph Nos. 0132 to 0143 of No. 024934 and the binder resin used in Examples, the binder resin used in paragraph Nos. 0092 to 0098 and Examples of JP 2011-242752 A, Paragraph No. of Kokai 2012-032770 030 can also be used a binder resin according to ~ 0072. These contents are incorporated herein.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がさらに好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が一層も好ましい。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and still more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
 着色硬化性組成物がアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する場合、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、1~15質量%が好ましく、2~12質量%がより好ましく、3~10質量%が更に好ましい。本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the colored curable composition contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 12% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition. Preferably, 3 to 10% by mass is more preferable. The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体は、有機顔料の一部分を、酸性基、塩基性基又はフタルイミドメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、分散性及び分散安定性の観点から、酸性基又は塩基性基を有する顔料誘導体が好ましい。特に好ましくは、塩基性基を有する顔料誘導体である。また、上述した樹脂(分散樹脂)と、顔料誘導体の組み合わせは、樹脂が酸基を有する酸性型の樹脂で、顔料誘導体が塩基性基を有する組み合わせが好ましい。
<< Pigment derivative >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group. As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Particularly preferred are pigment derivatives having a basic group. Further, the combination of the above-described resin (dispersion resin) and the pigment derivative is preferably an acidic type resin in which the resin has an acid group and a combination in which the pigment derivative has a basic group.
 顔料誘導体を構成するための有機顔料としては、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、アゾ系顔料、フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料、イソインドリン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、スレン系顔料、金属錯体系顔料等が挙げられる。
 また、顔料誘導体が有する酸性基としては、スルホン酸基、カルボン酸基及びその塩が好ましく、カルボン酸基及びスルホン酸基がさらに好ましく、スルホン酸基が特に好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基が好ましく、特に三級アミノ基が好ましい。
Examples of the organic pigment for constituting the pigment derivative include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thioindigo pigments , Isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, selenium pigments, metal complex pigments, and the like.
Moreover, as an acidic group which a pigment derivative has, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, and its salt are preferable, a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are more preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is especially preferable. The basic group possessed by the pigment derivative is preferably an amino group, particularly preferably a tertiary amino group.
 顔料誘導体としては、特に、キノリン系、ベンズイミダゾロン系およびイソインドリン系の顔料誘導体が好ましく、キノリン系およびベンズイミダゾロン系の顔料誘導体がさらに好ましい。特に、下記構造を有する顔料誘導体が好ましい。 As the pigment derivative, quinoline-based, benzimidazolone-based and isoindoline-based pigment derivatives are particularly preferable, and quinoline-based and benzimidazolone-based pigment derivatives are more preferable. In particular, a pigment derivative having the following structure is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(P)中、Aは、下記一般式(PA-1)~(PA-3)から選ばれる構造を表し、
 Bは単結合、または、(t+1)価の連結基を表し、
 Cは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
 Dは、単結合、アルキレン基、または、アリーレン基を表し、
 Eは、-SO3Hもしくはその塩、-CO2Hもしくはその塩、または、-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表し、
 RpaおよびRpbは、各々独立して、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、RpaおよびRpbは互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
 tは1~5の整数を表す;
In the general formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3):
B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group,
C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group,
E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb);
Rpa and Rpb each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring;
t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(PA-1)~(PA-3)中、Rpは、炭素数1~5のアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 Rpは、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基またはヒドロキシル基を表し、
 Rpは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
 sは、0~4の整数を表し、sが2以上の場合、複数のRpは、互いに同じであっても、異なっていてもよく、
 *はBとの連結部を表す。
In the general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3), Rp 1 represents an alkyl or aryl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms,
Rp 2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group,
Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp 2 may be the same as or different from each other;
* Represents a connecting portion with B.
 Rpは、メチル基またはフェニル基が好ましく、メチル基が最も好ましい。
 Rpは、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、塩素原子が最も好ましい。
Rp 1 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
Rp 2 is preferably a halogen atom, and most preferably a chlorine atom.
 一般式(P)中、Bで表される(t+1)価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、アリーレン基およびヘテロアリーレン基が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状が挙げられる。
 (t+1)価の連結基は、特に、下記構造式(PA-4)~(PA-9)で表される連結基が好ましい。*はAおよびCとの連結部を表す。
In the general formula (P), examples of the (t + 1) -valent linking group represented by B include an alkylene group, an arylene group, and a heteroarylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include straight chain, branched, and cyclic.
The (t + 1) -valent linking group is particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following structural formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9). * Represents a connecting part with A and C.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 構造式(PA-4)~(PA-9)のうちでも、特にBとして、構造式(PA-5)または(PA-8)で表される連結基を有する顔料誘導体が、分散性により優れることから好ましい。 Among structural formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9), pigment derivatives having a linking group represented by the structural formula (PA-5) or (PA-8), particularly as B, are more excellent in dispersibility. This is preferable.
 一般式(P)中、Dで表されるアルキレン基およびアリーレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、デシレン基、シクロプロピレン基、シクロブチレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデシレン基、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。これらのうちでも、Dとしては、直鎖アルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5の直鎖アルキレン基がより好ましい。 In general formula (P), examples of the alkylene group and arylene group represented by D include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a decylene group, a cyclopropylene group, and a cyclobutylene group. , Cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, cyclooctylene group, cyclodecylene group, phenylene group, naphthylene group and the like. Among these, as D, a linear alkylene group is preferable, and a linear alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 一般式(P)中、Eが-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表す場合、RpaおよびRpbにおけるアルキル基およびアリール基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデシル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。RpaおよびRpbとしては、特に直鎖または分岐のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~5の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基が最も好ましい。
 一般式(P)中、Eが、-SO3Hの塩、または、-CO2Hの塩を表す場合、塩を形成する原子または原子団としては、リチウム原子、ナトリウム原子、カリウム原子等のアルカリ金属、アンモニウム、テトラアルキルアンモニウムなどが好ましい。
 上記tは1または2が好ましい。
In the general formula (P), when E represents —N (Rpa) (Rpb), examples of the alkyl group and aryl group in Rpa and Rpb include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, phenyl group And a naphthyl group. As Rpa and Rpb, a linear or branched alkyl group is particularly preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is most preferable.
In the general formula (P), when E represents a salt of —SO 3 H or a salt of —CO 2 H, the atom or atomic group forming the salt includes a lithium atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, etc. Alkali metals, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like are preferable.
T is preferably 1 or 2.
 以下に、顔料誘導体の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
 その他、顔料誘導体としては、特開2011-252065号公報の段落0162~0183の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。以下の式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Mは、水素原子、または、塩を形成する原子または原子団を表す。
Specific examples of the pigment derivative are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In addition, as the pigment derivative, the description in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP2011-252065A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. In the following formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an atom or atomic group forming a salt.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物における顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料の全質量に対し、1~30質量%が好ましく、3~20質量%がさらに好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative in the colored curable composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass with respect to the total mass of the pigment. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有してもよい。
 光重合開始剤としては、重合性化合物の重合を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよく、モノマーの種類に応じてカチオン重合を開始させるような開始剤であってもよい。
 また、光重合開始剤は、約300nm~800nm(330nm~500nmがより好ましい。)の範囲内に少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。
<< photopolymerization initiator >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to visible light from the ultraviolet region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some action with a photoexcited sensitizer and generates an active radical, or may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer.
The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有するもの、オキサジアゾール骨格を有するもの、など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, and oxime derivatives. Oxime compounds such as organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, and hydroxyacetophenones.
 また、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, oniums Compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.
 さらに好ましくは、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一種の化合物が特に好ましい。 More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compound, α-aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, oxime compound, triallylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, trihalomethyltriazine compound, α-aminoketone Particularly preferred is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimer, and benzophenone compounds.
 特に、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を固体撮像素子のカラーフィルタの作製に使用する場合には、微細なパターンをシャープな形状で形成する必要があるために、硬化性とともに未露光部に残渣がなく現像されることが重要である。このような観点からは、光重合開始剤としてはオキシム化合物を使用することが特に好ましい。特に、固体撮像素子において微細なパターンを形成する場合、硬化用露光にステッパー露光装置(露光機)を用いるが、この露光機はハロゲンにより損傷される場合があり、光重合開始剤の添加量も低く抑える必要があるため、これらの点を考慮すれば、固体撮像素子等の微細パターンを形成するには光重合開始剤としては、オキシム化合物を用いるのが特に好ましい。また、オキシム化合物を用いることにより、色移り性をより良化できる。
 光重合開始剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落0265~0268を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In particular, when the colored curable composition of the present invention is used for the production of a color filter of a solid-state imaging device, it is necessary to form a fine pattern with a sharp shape. It is important that there is no development. From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as the photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state imaging device, a stepper exposure apparatus (exposure machine) is used for exposure for curing. In view of these points, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator in order to form a fine pattern such as a solid-state imaging device. Further, the use of an oxime compound can improve the color transfer.
As specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP2013-29760A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 光重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィン系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959,IRGACURE-127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及び、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤は、365nm又は405nm等の長波光源に吸収波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which an absorption wavelength is matched with a long wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 光重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 本発明において、好適に用いることのできるオキシム化合物としては、例えば、3-ベンゾイロキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイロキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。
 また、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660)、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年)pp.202-232、特開2000-66385号公報記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報、特表2004-534797号公報、特開2006-342166号公報の各公報に記載の化合物等も挙げられる。
 市販品ではIRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF社製)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司社製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831およびアデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)も用いることができる。
More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds.
Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
Examples of the oxime compound that can be suitably used in the present invention include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane Examples include -2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
In addition, J.H. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660), J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. Examples thereof include compounds described in 202-232, JP-A 2000-66385, compounds described in JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, JP-A 2006-342166, and the like.
As commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) are also preferably used. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 (made by ADEKA) can also be used.
 また上記記載以外のオキシム化合物として、カルバゾールN位にオキシムが連結した特表2009-519904号公報に記載の化合物、ベンゾフェノン部位にヘテロ置換基が導入された米国特許第7626957号公報に記載の化合物、色素部位にニトロ基が導入された特開2010-15025号公報及び米国特許公開2009-292039号記載の化合物、国際公開特許2009-131189号公報に記載のケトオキシム化合物、トリアジン骨格とオキシム骨格を同一分子内に含有する米国特許7556910号公報に記載の化合物、405nmに吸収極大を有しg線光源に対して良好な感度を有する特開2009-221114号公報記載の化合物、などを用いてもよい。
 好ましくは、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落0274~0275を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 具体的には、オキシム化合物としては、下記式(OX-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。なお、オキシムのN-O結合が(E)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(Z)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(E)体と(Z)体との混合物であってもよい。
Further, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in JP-A-2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the carbazole N-position, compounds described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into the benzophenone moiety, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, in which a nitro group is introduced into the dye moiety, ketoxime compounds described in International Patent Publication No. 2009-131189, a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule A compound described in US Pat. No. 7,556,910 contained therein, a compound described in JP-A-2009-221114 having an absorption maximum at 405 nm and good sensitivity to a g-line light source, and the like may be used.
Preferably, for example, paragraphs 0274 to 0275 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Specifically, the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). The oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(OX-1)中、RおよびBは各々独立に一価の置換基を表し、Aは二価の有機基を表し、Arはアリール基を表す。
 一般式(OX-1)中、Rで表される一価の置換基としては、一価の非金属原子団であることが好ましい。
 一価の非金属原子団としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、複素環基、アルキルチオカルボニル基、アリールチオカルボニル基等が挙げられる。また、これらの基は、1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。また、前述した置換基は、さらに他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基またはアリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アシル基、アルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(OX-1)中、Bで表される一価の置換基としては、アリール基、複素環基、アリールカルボニル基、又は、複素環カルボニル基が好ましい。これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。
 一般式(OX-1)中、Aで表される二価の有機基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルキニレン基が好ましい。これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。
In general formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.
In the general formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group.
Examples of the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group. Moreover, these groups may have one or more substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
In General Formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
In the general formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
 一般式(OX-1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (OX-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 オキシム化合物は、350nm~500nmの波長領域に極大吸収波長を有するものが好ましく、360nm~480nmの波長領域に吸収波長を有するものがより好ましく、365nm及び405nmの吸光度が高いものが特に好ましい。
 オキシム化合物は、365nm又は405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、1,000~300,000であることが好ましく、2,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、5,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。
 化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いることができるが、例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spctrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる光重合開始剤は、必要に応じて2種以上を組み合わせて使用しても良い。
The oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
The molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of the oxime compound is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
For the molar extinction coefficient of the compound, a known method can be used. For example, in a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spctrophotometer manufactured by Varian), an ethyl acetate solvent is used at a concentration of 0.01 g / L. It is preferable to measure.
You may use the photoinitiator used for this invention in combination of 2 or more type as needed.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物が光重合開始剤を含有する場合、光重合開始剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~50質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~30質量%であり、さらに好ましくは1~20質量%である。この範囲で、より良好な感度とパターン形成性が得られる。
 また、本発明の着色硬化性組成物がドライエッチング用の場合は、光重合開始剤を実質的に含有しない組成とすることもできる。光重合開始剤を実質的に含有しない場合、光重合開始剤の含有量は、本発明の着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%以下が好ましく、0.1質量%以下がより好ましく、0質量%が特に好ましい。
 本発明の組成物は、光重合開始剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. Is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.
Moreover, when the colored curable composition of this invention is an object for dry etching, it can also be set as the composition which does not contain a photoinitiator substantially. When the photopolymerization initiator is not substantially contained, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 1% by mass or less, and preferably 0.1% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition of the present invention. More preferred is 0% by mass.
The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物においては、着色硬化性組成物の製造中又は保存中において、重合性化合物の不要な熱重合を阻止するために、少量の重合禁止剤を添加することが望ましい。
 重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4'-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2'-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン第一セリウム塩等が挙げられる。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物が重合禁止剤を含有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の質量に対して、約0.01~5質量%が好ましい。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、重合禁止剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
In the colored curable composition of the present invention, it is desirable to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during the production or storage of the colored curable composition.
Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like.
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably about 0.01 to 5% by mass relative to the mass of the colored curable composition.
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
<< Surfactant >>
Various surfactants may be added to the colored curable composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
 例えば、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有することで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上する。即ち、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有する着色硬化性組成物を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力を低下させることにより、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、少量の液量で数μm程度の薄膜を形成した場合であっても、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行える点で有効である。 For example, by containing a fluorosurfactant, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. That is, when forming a film using a colored curable composition containing a fluorosurfactant, the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid. As a result, the coating property to the coated surface is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色硬化性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in a colored curable composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781、同F781F(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としてブロックポリマーを用いることもでき、具体例としては、例えば特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781, F781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC -101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, K393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (made by OMNOVA) etc. are mentioned.
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレートおよびプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセリンエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株))等が挙げられる。また、竹本油脂(株)製のパイオニンD-6112-Wを使用することもできる。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like. Alternatively, Pionein D-6112-W manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. can be used.
 カチオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 アニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)社製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」,「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」,「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Toray Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, Momentive Performance Materials TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 "manufactured by BYK Chemie.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、界面活性剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the colored curable composition, The amount is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant or two or more types of surfactant. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。
 シランカップリング剤としては、一分子中に少なくとも2種の反応性の異なる官能基を有するシラン化合物も好ましく、特に、官能基としてアミノ基とアルコキシ基とを有するものが好ましい。このようなシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-メチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-603、信越化学工業社製)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-503)等がある。シランカップリング剤の詳細については、特開2013-254047号公報の段落番号0155~0158の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれることとする。
<< Silane coupling agent >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
As the silane coupling agent, silane compounds having at least two types of functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule are also preferable, and those having an amino group and an alkoxy group as functional groups are particularly preferable. Examples of such silane coupling agents include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino. Propyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-603, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name, KBE-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-903, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name KBE-903, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3-methacryloxypropyltri And methoxysilane (trade name KBM-503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.). For details of the silane coupling agent, the description of paragraph numbers 0155 to 0158 in JP2013-254047A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物がシランカップリング剤を含有する場合、シランカップリング剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~20質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が特に好ましい。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains a silane coupling agent, the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored curable composition, It is more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent or two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<その他添加剤>>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、必要に応じて、各種添加物、例えば、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加物としては、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0155~0156に記載のものを挙げることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物においては、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0078に記載の増感剤や光安定剤、同公報の段落0081に記載の熱重合防止剤を含有することができる。
<< Other additives >>
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives such as a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-aggregation agent, and the like, if necessary. Examples of these additives include those described in JP-A No. 2004-295116, paragraphs 0155 to 0156, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer and a light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and a thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same publication. .
<着色硬化性組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前述の成分を混合することで調製される。
 着色硬化性組成物の調製に際しては、着色硬化性組成物を構成する各成分を一括配合してもよいし、各成分を溶剤に溶解・分散した後に逐次配合してもよい。また、配合する際の投入順序や作業条件は特に制約を受けない。例えば、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解・分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じては、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液・分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物として調製してもよい。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、フィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているものであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量を含む)等によるフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)が好ましい。
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μm程度が適しており、好ましくは0.01~3.0μm程度、さらに好ましくは0.05~0.5μm程度である。この範囲とすることにより、後工程において均一及び平滑な着色硬化性組成物の調製を阻害する、微細な異物を確実に除去することが可能となる。
<Preparation method of colored curable composition>
The colored curable composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the aforementioned components.
In preparing the colored curable composition, the components constituting the colored curable composition may be blended together, or may be blended sequentially after each component is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the charging order and working conditions when blending. For example, the composition may be prepared by dissolving and dispersing all components in a solvent at the same time. If necessary, each component may be suitably used as two or more solutions / dispersions at the time of use (at the time of application). ) May be mixed to prepare a composition.
The colored curable composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects. Any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration. For example, fluorine resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6,6, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high density and ultra high molecular weight), etc. Filter. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferable.
The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. By setting it as this range, it becomes possible to remove reliably the fine foreign material which inhibits preparation of a uniform and smooth colored curable composition in a post process.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。その際、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。
 また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径の第1のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。ここでの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。市販のフィルタとしては、例えば、日本ポール株式会社、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)又は株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタの中から選択することができる。
 第2のフィルタは、上述した第1のフィルタと同様の材料等で形成されたものを使用することができる。
 例えば、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、分散液のみで行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタリングを行ってもよい。
When using filters, different filters may be combined. At that time, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
Moreover, you may combine the 1st filter of a different hole diameter within the range mentioned above. The pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.) or KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd. .
As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
For example, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、耐光性、色移り性、平坦性が良好な硬化膜を形成することができるため、カラーフィルタの着色層を形成するために好適に用いられる。また、本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)などの固体撮像素子や、液晶表示装置などの画像表示装置に用いられるカラーフィルタなどの着色パターン形成用として好適に用いることができる。さらに、印刷インキ、インクジェットインキ及び塗料などの作製用途としても好適に用いることができる。なかでも、CCD及びCMOS等の固体撮像素子用のカラーフィルタの製造に好適に用いることができる。 The colored curable composition of the present invention can be suitably used for forming a colored layer of a color filter because it can form a cured film having good light resistance, color transfer and flatness. Further, the colored curable composition of the present invention is used for solid-state imaging devices such as charge coupled devices (CCD) and complementary metal oxide semiconductors (CMOS), and color filters used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices. It can be suitably used for forming a colored pattern. Furthermore, it can be suitably used as a production application for printing ink, inkjet ink, paint, and the like. Especially, it can use suitably for manufacture of the color filter for solid-state image sensors, such as CCD and CMOS.
<カラーフィルタ、パターン形成方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法>
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタ、パターン形成方法およびカラーフィルタについて、その製造方法を通じて詳述する。また、本発明のパターン形成方法を用いたカラーフィルタの製造方法についても説明する。
<Color filter, pattern formation method, color filter manufacturing method>
Next, the color filter, pattern forming method and color filter of the present invention will be described in detail through the manufacturing method. A method for producing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will also be described.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成される。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成し、不要部分を除去して、着色パターンを形成する。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、カラーフィルタの着色パターンの形成に好適に適用することができる。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、いわゆるフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成を行ってもよいし、ドライエッチング法によってパターン形成を行ってもよい。
 すなわち、本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法の第一の態様は、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、着色硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、未露光部を現像除去して着色パターンを形成する工程と、を含む。必要に応じて、着色硬化性組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像された着色パターンをベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法の第二の態様は、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成し、硬化して着色層を形成する工程と、着色層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、露光および現像することによりフォトレジスト層をパターニングしてレジストパターンを得る工程と、レジストパターンをエッチングマスクとして着色層をドライエッチングして着色パターンを形成する工程とを含む。
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記製造方法により好適に得ることができる。以下これらの詳細を述べる。
The color filter of the present invention is formed using the colored curable composition of the present invention.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, a colored curable composition layer is formed on a support using the colored curable composition of the present invention, and unnecessary portions are removed to form a colored pattern.
The pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to the formation of a colored pattern of a color filter.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, pattern formation may be performed by a so-called photolithography method, or pattern formation may be performed by a dry etching method.
That is, the first aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes a step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition of the present invention, and a colored curable composition layer. And a step of developing and removing unexposed portions to form a colored pattern. If necessary, a step of baking the colored curable composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post-baking step) may be provided.
Moreover, the 2nd aspect of the manufacturing method of the color filter of this invention forms a colored curable composition layer on a support body using the colored curable composition of this invention, and forms a colored layer by hardening | curing. A step, a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer, a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern, and coloring the colored layer by dry etching using the resist pattern as an etching mask Forming a pattern.
The color filter of the present invention can be suitably obtained by the above production method. These details are described below.
<<着色硬化性組成物層を形成する工程>>
 着色硬化性組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成する。
<< Step of forming a colored curable composition layer >>
In the step of forming the colored curable composition layer, the colored curable composition layer is formed on the support using the colored curable composition of the present invention.
 支持体としては、例えば、基板(例えば、シリコン基板)上にCCDやCMOS等の固体撮像素子(受光素子)が設けられた固体撮像素子用基板を用いることができる。
 本発明における着色パターンは、固体撮像素子用基板の固体撮像素子形成面側(おもて面)に形成してもよいし、固体撮像素子非形成面側(裏面)に形成してもよい。
 支持体上には、必要により、上部の層との密着改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下塗り層を設けてもよい。
As the support, for example, a solid-state image sensor substrate in which a solid-state image sensor (light receiving element) such as a CCD or CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used.
The colored pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state image sensor formation surface side (front surface) of the solid-state image sensor substrate, or may be formed on the solid-state image sensor non-formation surface side (back surface).
If necessary, an undercoat layer may be provided on the support for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface.
 支持体上への本発明の着色硬化性組成物の適用方法としては、スリット塗布、インクジェット法、回転塗布、流延塗布、ロール塗布、スクリーン印刷法等の各種の方法を用いることができる。 As a method for applying the colored curable composition of the present invention on the support, various methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.
 支持体上に適用された着色硬化性組成物層の乾燥(プリベーク)は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で50~140℃の温度で10~300秒で行うことができる。 The colored curable composition layer applied on the support can be dried (prebaked) at a temperature of 50 to 140 ° C. for 10 to 300 seconds using a hot plate, oven or the like.
<<フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成する場合(第一の態様)>>
<<<露光工程>>>
 次に、支持体上に形成した着色硬化性組成物層を、パターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、支持体上に形成した着色硬化性組成物層に対し、ステッパー等の露光装置を用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等の紫外線が好ましく(特に好ましくはi線)用いられる。照射量(露光量)は、例えば、30~1500mJ/cm2が好ましく、50~1000mJ/cm2がより好ましく、80~500mJ/cm2が最も好ましい。
<< When pattern is formed by photolithography (first aspect) >>
<<< Exposure process >>>
Next, the colored curable composition layer formed on the support is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, pattern exposure can be performed by exposing a colored curable composition layer formed on a support using a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Thereby, an exposed part can be hardened.
As radiation (light) that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferable (particularly preferably i-line). Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 30 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 80 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.
 硬化膜の膜厚は1.0μm以下が好ましく、0.1~0.9μmがより好ましく、0.2~0.8μmがさらに好ましい。膜厚を、1.0μm以下とすることにより、高解像性、高密着性が得られ易い。 The thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 to 0.9 μm, and further preferably 0.2 to 0.8 μm. By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be easily obtained.
<<<パターン形成工程>>>
 次に、未露光部を現像除去して着色パターンを形成する(パターン形成工程)。未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色硬化性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。
 現像液としては、下地の固体撮像素子や回路などにダメージを起さない、有機アルカリ現像液が望ましい。
 現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。
<<< Pattern formation process >>>
Next, the unexposed portion is developed and removed to form a colored pattern (pattern forming step). The development removal of the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the coloring curable composition layer of the unexposed part in an exposure process elutes in a developing solution, and only the photocured part remains.
As the developer, an organic alkali developer that does not damage the underlying solid-state imaging device or circuit is desirable.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30 ° C., for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Moreover, in order to improve residue removability, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液に用いるアルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア水、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5、4、0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。これらのアルカリ剤を濃度が0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~1質量%となるように純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液が現像液として好ましく使用される。
 また、現像液には無機アルカリを用いてもよい。無機アルカリとしては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、硅酸ナトリウム、メタ硅酸ナトリウムなどが好ましい。
 なお、このようなアルカリ性水溶液からなる現像液を使用した場合には、一般に現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)する。
Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide. And organic alkaline compounds such as choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5,4,0] -7-undecene. An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, is preferably used as the developer.
Moreover, you may use an inorganic alkali for a developing solution. As the inorganic alkali, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metasuccinate and the like are preferable.
In the case where a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。多色の着色パターンを形成するのであれば、色ごとに工程を順次繰り返して硬化膜を製造することができる。これによりカラーフィルタが得られる。
 ポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の加熱処理であり、加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。
 ポストベーク処理は、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。
It is preferable to perform heat treatment (post-bake) after development and drying. If a multicolor coloring pattern is formed, a cured film can be produced by sequentially repeating the process for each color. Thereby, a color filter is obtained.
The post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete curing, and the heating temperature is preferably, for example, 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
The post-baking treatment can be carried out continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heater so that the film after development is in the above condition. it can.
<<ドライエッチング法でパターン形成する場合(第二の態様)>>
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、支持体上に形成した着色硬化性組成物層を硬化して着色層を形成し、次いで、得られた着色層を、パターニングされたフォトレジスト層をマスクとしてエッチングガスを用いて行うことができる。
 具体的には、着色硬化性組成物層を、例えば熱または露光により、硬化して着色層を形成し、着色層上にポジ型またはネガ型の感放射線性組成物を塗布し、これを乾燥させることによりフォトレジスト層を形成する。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、さらにプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジストの形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。
<< When pattern is formed by dry etching method (second embodiment) >>
Pattern formation by dry etching is performed by curing a colored curable composition layer formed on a support to form a colored layer, and then etching the obtained colored layer using a patterned photoresist layer as a mask. It can be performed using gas.
Specifically, the colored curable composition layer is cured by, for example, heat or exposure to form a colored layer, and a positive or negative radiation-sensitive composition is applied on the colored layer and dried. To form a photoresist layer. In the formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment. In particular, as a process for forming a photoresist, a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are desirable.
 フォトレジスト層としては、例えば、紫外線(g線、h線、i線)、エキシマレーザー等を含む遠紫外線、電子線、イオンビームおよびX線等の放射線に感応するポジ型の感放射線性組成物が好ましく用いられる。放射線のうち、g線、h線、i線が好ましく、中でもi線が好ましい。
 具体的には、ポジ型の感放射線性組成物として、キノンジアジド化合物およびアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する組成物が好ましい。キノンジアジド化合物およびアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有するポジ型の感放射線性組成物は、500nm以下の波長の光照射によりキノンジアジド基が分解してカルボキシル基を生じ、結果としてアルカリ不溶状態からアルカリ可溶性になることを利用するものである。このポジ型フォトレジストは解像力が著しく優れているので、IC(integrated circuit)やLSI(Large Scale Integration)等の集積回路の作製に用いられている。キノンジアジド化合物としては、ナフトキノンジアジド化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては例えばFHi622BC」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)などが挙げられる。
As the photoresist layer, for example, a positive radiation sensitive composition sensitive to radiation such as ultraviolet rays (g rays, h rays, i rays), excimer lasers, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, ion beams and X rays. Is preferably used. Of the radiation, g-line, h-line and i-line are preferable, and i-line is particularly preferable.
Specifically, as the positive radiation sensitive composition, a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is preferable. A positive radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin indicates that a quinonediazide group is decomposed by irradiation with light having a wavelength of 500 nm or less to produce a carboxyl group, resulting in alkali-solubility from an alkali-insoluble state. It is what you use. Since this positive photoresist has remarkably excellent resolving power, it is used for manufacturing integrated circuits such as IC (integrated circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integration). Examples of the quinonediazide compound include a naphthoquinonediazide compound. Examples of commercially available products include FHi622BC (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials).
 フォトレジスト層の厚みとしては、0.1~3μmが好ましく、0.2~2.5μmがより好ましく、0.3~2μmがさらに好ましい。なお、ポジ型の感放射線性組成物の塗布方法は、既述の着色層における塗布方法を用いて好適に行なえる。 The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably from 0.1 to 3 μm, more preferably from 0.2 to 2.5 μm, still more preferably from 0.3 to 2 μm. In addition, the application method of a positive type radiation sensitive composition can be suitably performed using the application method in the above-mentioned colored layer.
 次いで、フォトレジスト層を露光および現像することにより、レジスト貫通孔群が設けられたレジストパターン(パターニングされたフォトレジスト層)を形成する。レジストパターンの形成は、特に制限なく、従来公知のフォトリソグラフィの技術を適宜最適化して行なうことができる。露光および現像によりフォトレジスト層に、レジスト貫通孔群が設けられることによって、次のエッチングで用いられるエッチングマスクとしてのレジストパターンが、着色層上に設けられる。 Next, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed to form a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with resist through-hole groups. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and can be performed by appropriately optimizing a conventionally known photolithography technique. By providing a resist through hole group in the photoresist layer by exposure and development, a resist pattern as an etching mask used in the next etching is provided on the colored layer.
 フォトレジスト層の露光は、所定のマスクパターンを介して、ポジ型またはネガ型の感放射線性組成物に、g線、h線、i線等、好ましくはi線で露光を施すことにより行なうことができる。露光後は、現像液で現像処理することにより、着色パターンを形成しようとする領域に合わせてフォトレジストが除去される。 The exposure of the photoresist layer is performed by exposing the positive-type or negative-type radiation-sensitive composition with g-line, h-line, i-line, etc., preferably i-line, through a predetermined mask pattern. Can do. After the exposure, the photoresist is removed in accordance with a region where a colored pattern is to be formed by developing with a developer.
 現像液としては、着色層には影響を与えず、ポジレジストの露光部およびネガレジストの未硬化部を溶解するものであればいずれも使用可能である。例えば、種々の溶剤の組み合わせやアルカリ性の水溶液を用いることができる。アルカリ性の水溶液としては、アルカリ性化合物を濃度が0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%となるように溶解して調製されたアルカリ性水溶液が好適である。アルカリ性化合物は、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム,硅酸ナトリウム、メタ硅酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン等が挙げられる。尚、アルカリ性水溶液を用いた場合は、一般に現像後に水で洗浄処理が施される。 Any developer can be used as long as it does not affect the colored layer and dissolves the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist. For example, a combination of various solvents or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used. As the alkaline aqueous solution, an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving an alkaline compound so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass is suitable. Examples of alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metasuccinate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, Examples include pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene. When an alkaline aqueous solution is used, a washing treatment with water is generally performed after development.
 次に、レジストパターンをエッチングマスクとして、着色層に貫通孔群が形成されるようにドライエッチングによりパターニングする。これにより、着色パターンが形成される。貫通孔群は、例えば着色層に、市松状に設けられていることが好ましい。よって、着色層に貫通孔群が設けられてなる第1着色パターンは、複数の四角形状の第1着色画素を市松状に有している。 Next, using the resist pattern as an etching mask, patterning is performed by dry etching so that a through hole group is formed in the colored layer. Thereby, a colored pattern is formed. The through-hole group is preferably provided in a checkered pattern, for example, in the colored layer. Therefore, the first colored pattern in which the through hole group is provided in the colored layer has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a checkered pattern.
 ドライエッチングとしては、パターン断面をより矩形に近く形成する観点や支持体へのダメージをより低減する観点から、以下の形態で行なうのが好ましい。
 フッ素系ガスと酸素ガス(O2)との混合ガスを用い、支持体が露出しない領域(深さ)までエッチングを行なう第1段階のエッチングと、この第1段階のエッチングの後に、窒素ガス(N2)と酸素ガス(O2)との混合ガスを用い、好ましくは支持体が露出する領域(深さ)付近までエッチングを行なう第2段階のエッチングと、支持体が露出した後に行なうオーバーエッチングとを含む形態が好ましい。以下、ドライエッチングの具体的手法、並びに第1段階のエッチング、第2段階のエッチング、およびオーバーエッチングについて説明する。
The dry etching is preferably performed in the following manner from the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangle and reducing the damage to the support.
Using a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas (O 2 ), the first stage etching is performed up to a region (depth) where the support is not exposed, and after this first stage etching, nitrogen gas ( N 2 ) and oxygen gas (O 2 ), and a second stage etching is preferably performed to the vicinity of the region (depth) where the support is exposed, and over-etching is performed after the support is exposed. The form containing these is preferable. Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching and the first stage etching, second stage etching, and over-etching will be described.
 ドライエッチングは、下記手法により事前にエッチング条件を求めて行なう。
 (1)第1段階のエッチングにおけるエッチングレート(nm/min)と、第2段階のエッチングにおけるエッチングレート(nm/min)とをそれぞれ算出する。
 (2)第1段階のエッチングで所望の厚さをエッチングする時間と、第2段階のエッチングで所望の厚さをエッチングする時間とをそれぞれ算出する。
 (3)上述した(2)で算出したエッチング時間に従って第1段階のエッチングを実施する。
 (4)上述した(2)で算出したエッチング時間に従って第2段階のエッチングを実施する。あるいはエンドポイント検出でエッチング時間を決定し、決定したエッチング時間に従って第2段階のエッチングを実施してもよい。
 (5)上述した(3)および(4)の合計時間に対してオーバーエッチング時間を算出し、オーバーエッチングを実施する。
Dry etching is performed by obtaining etching conditions in advance by the following method.
(1) The etching rate (nm / min) in the first stage etching and the etching rate (nm / min) in the second stage etching are calculated respectively.
(2) The time for etching the desired thickness in the first stage etching and the time for etching the desired thickness in the second stage etching are respectively calculated.
(3) The first-stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above.
(4) The second-stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above. Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time.
(5) The overetching time is calculated with respect to the total time of (3) and (4) described above, and overetching is performed.
 第1段階のエッチング工程で用いる混合ガスとしては、被エッチング膜である有機材料を矩形に加工する観点から、フッ素系ガスおよび酸素ガス(O2)を含むことが好ましい。また、第1段階のエッチング工程は、支持体が露出しない領域までエッチングする形態にすることで、支持体のダメージを回避することができる。また、第2段階のエッチング工程およびオーバーエッチング工程は、第1段階のエッチング工程でフッ素系ガスおよび酸素ガスの混合ガスにより支持体が露出しない領域までエッチングを実施した後、支持体のダメージ回避の観点から、窒素ガスおよび酸素ガスの混合ガスを用いてエッチング処理を行なうのが好ましい。 The mixed gas used in the first-stage etching process preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and an oxygen gas (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material that is the film to be etched into a rectangular shape. In addition, the first stage etching process can avoid damage to the support body by etching to a region where the support body is not exposed. Further, in the second stage etching process and the over etching process, after the etching is performed up to the region where the support is not exposed by the mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas in the first stage etching process, damage to the support is avoided. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to perform the etching process using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.
 第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量と、第2段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量との比率は、第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング処理による矩形性を損なわないように決定することが重要である。なお、全エッチング量(第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量と第2段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量との総和)中における後者の比率は、0%より大きく50%以下である範囲が好ましく、10~20%がより好ましい。エッチング量とは、被エッチング膜の残存する膜厚とエッチング前の膜厚との差から算出される量のことをいう。 It is important to determine the ratio between the etching amount in the first stage etching process and the etching amount in the second stage etching process so as not to impair the rectangularity due to the etching process in the first stage etching process. It is. The latter ratio in the total etching amount (the sum of the etching amount in the first-stage etching process and the etching amount in the second-stage etching process) is preferably in the range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. 10 to 20% is more preferable. The etching amount is an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness to be etched and the film thickness before etching.
 また、エッチングは、オーバーエッチング処理を含むことが好ましい。オーバーエッチング処理は、オーバーエッチング比率を設定して行なうことが好ましい。また、オーバーエッチング比率は、初めに行なうエッチング処理時間より算出することが好ましい。オーバーエッチング比率は任意に設定できるが、フォトレジストのエッチング耐性と被エッチングパターンの矩形性維持の点で、エッチング工程におけるエッチング処理時間の30%以下であることが好ましく、5~25%であることがより好ましく、10~15%であることが特に好ましい。 Further, the etching preferably includes an over-etching process. The overetching process is preferably performed by setting an overetching ratio. Moreover, it is preferable to calculate the overetching ratio from the etching process time to be performed first. The over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set, but it is preferably 30% or less of the etching processing time in the etching process, and preferably 5 to 25% from the viewpoint of etching resistance of the photoresist and maintaining the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched. Is more preferable, and 10 to 15% is particularly preferable.
 次いで、エッチング後に残存するレジストパターン(すなわちエッチングマスク)を除去する。レジストパターンの除去は、レジストパターン上に剥離液または溶剤を付与して、レジストパターンを除去可能な状態にする工程と、レジストパターンを洗浄水を用いて除去する工程とを含むことが好ましい。 Next, the resist pattern (that is, the etching mask) remaining after the etching is removed. The removal of the resist pattern preferably includes a step of applying a stripping solution or a solvent on the resist pattern so that the resist pattern can be removed, and a step of removing the resist pattern using cleaning water.
 レジストパターン上に剥離液または溶剤を付与し、レジストパターンを除去可能な状態にする工程としては、例えば、剥離液または溶剤を少なくともレジストパターン上に付与し、所定の時間停滞させてパドル現像する工程を挙げることができる。剥離液または溶剤を停滞させる時間としては、特に制限はないが、数十秒から数分であることが好ましい。 Examples of the step of applying a stripping solution or solvent on the resist pattern so that the resist pattern can be removed include, for example, a step of applying a stripping solution or solvent on at least the resist pattern and stagnating for a predetermined time to perform paddle development Can be mentioned. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as time to make stripping solution or a solvent stagnant, It is preferable that it is several dozen seconds to several minutes.
 また、レジストパターンを洗浄水を用いて除去する工程としては、例えば、スプレー式またはシャワー式の噴射ノズルからレジストパターンに洗浄水を噴射して、レジストパターンを除去する工程を挙げることができる。洗浄水としては、純水を好ましく用いることができる。また、噴射ノズルとしては、その噴射範囲内に支持体全体が包含される噴射ノズルや、可動式の噴射ノズルであってその可動範囲が支持体全体を包含する噴射ノズルを挙げることができる。噴射ノズルが可動式の場合、レジストパターンを除去する工程中に支持体中心部から支持体端部までを2回以上移動して洗浄水を噴射することで、より効果的にレジストパターンを除去することができる。 Further, examples of the step of removing the resist pattern using the cleaning water include a step of removing the resist pattern by spraying the cleaning water onto the resist pattern from a spray type or shower type spray nozzle. As the washing water, pure water can be preferably used. Further, examples of the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle in which the entire support is included in the injection range, and an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and in which the movable range includes the entire support. When the spray nozzle is movable, the resist pattern is more effectively removed by moving the support pattern from the center of the support to the end of the support more than twice during the process of removing the resist pattern and spraying the cleaning water. be able to.
 剥離液は、一般には有機溶剤を含有するが、無機溶媒をさらに含有してもよい。有機溶剤としては、例えば、1)炭化水素系化合物、2)ハロゲン化炭化水素系化合物、3)アルコール系化合物、4)エーテルまたはアセタール系化合物、5)ケトンまたはアルデヒド系化合物、6)エステル系化合物、7)多価アルコール系化合物、8)カルボン酸またはその酸無水物系化合物、9)フェノール系化合物、10)含窒素化合物、11)含硫黄化合物、12)含フッ素化合物が挙げられる。剥離液としては、含窒素化合物を含有することが好ましく、非環状含窒素化合物と環状含窒素化合物とを含むことがより好ましい。 The stripping solution generally contains an organic solvent, but may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include 1) hydrocarbon compounds, 2) halogenated hydrocarbon compounds, 3) alcohol compounds, 4) ether or acetal compounds, 5) ketones or aldehyde compounds, and 6) ester compounds. 7) polyhydric alcohol compounds, 8) carboxylic acids or acid anhydride compounds thereof, 9) phenol compounds, 10) nitrogen compounds, 11) sulfur compounds, and 12) fluorine compounds. The stripping solution preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.
 非環状含窒素化合物としては、ヒドロキシル基を有する非環状含窒素化合物であることが好ましい。具体的には、例えば、モノイソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、N-エチルエタノールアミン、N,N-ジブチルエタノールアミン、N-ブチルエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミンなどが挙げられ、好ましくはモノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミンであり、より好ましくはモノエタノールアミン(H2NCH2CH2OH)である。また、環状含窒素化合物としては、イソキノリン、イミダゾール、N-エチルモルホリン、ε-カプロラクタム、キノリン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、α-ピコリン、β-ピコリン、γ-ピコリン、2-ピペコリン、3-ピペコリン、4-ピペコリン、ピペラジン、ピペリジン、ピラジン、ピリジン、ピロリジン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-フェニルモルホリン、2,4-ルチジン、2,6-ルチジンなどが挙げられ、好ましくは、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチルモルホリンであり、より好ましくはN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)である。 The acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N, N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine. Preferred are monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and more preferred is monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). Examples of cyclic nitrogen-containing compounds include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, α-picoline, β-picoline, γ-picoline, 2- Preferred examples include pipecoline, 3-pipecoline, 4-pipecoline, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-lutidine, and 2,6-lutidine. Are N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).
 剥離液は、非環状含窒素化合物と環状含窒素化合物とを含むことが好ましいが、中でも、非環状含窒素化合物として、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、およびトリエタノールアミンから選ばれる少なくとも1種と、環状含窒素化合物として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンおよびN-エチルモルホリンから選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含むことがより好ましく、モノエタノールアミンとN-メチル-2-ピロリドンとを含むことがさらに好ましい。 The stripping solution preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound. Among these, as the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound, at least one selected from monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and cyclic The nitrogen-containing compound preferably includes at least one selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and more preferably includes monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
 剥離液で除去するときには、着色パターンの上に形成されたレジストパターンが除去されていればよく、着色パターンの側壁にエッチング生成物であるデポ物が付着している場合でも、デポ物が完全に除去されていなくてもよい。デポ物とは、エッチング生成物が着色層の側壁に付着し堆積したものをいう。 When removing with a stripping solution, it is sufficient that the resist pattern formed on the colored pattern has been removed, and even when the deposit is an etching product on the side wall of the colored pattern, the deposit is completely removed. It may not be removed. A deposit means an etching product deposited and deposited on the side wall of a colored layer.
 剥離液としては、非環状含窒素化合物の含有量が、剥離液100質量部に対して9質量部以上11質量部以下であって、環状含窒素化合物の含有量が、剥離液100質量部に対して65質量部以上70質量部以下であるものが望ましい。また、剥離液は、非環状含窒素化合物と環状含窒素化合物との混合物を純水で希釈したものが好ましい。 As the stripping solution, the content of the non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 9 parts by weight or more and 11 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the stripping solution, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 100 parts by weight of the stripping solution. On the other hand, what is 65 to 70 mass parts is desirable. Further, the stripping solution is preferably obtained by diluting a mixture of an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.
 本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法は、必要に応じ、上記以外の工程として、固体撮像素子用カラーフィルタの製造方法として公知の工程を有していてもよい。例えば、上述した、着色硬化性組成物層形成工程、露光工程およびパターン形成工程を行った後に、必要により、形成された着色パターンを加熱および/または露光により硬化する硬化工程を含んでいてもよい。 The method for producing a color filter of the present invention may have a step known as a method for producing a color filter for a solid-state imaging device as a step other than the above, if necessary. For example, after performing the above-described colored curable composition layer forming step, exposure step and pattern forming step, a curing step of curing the formed colored pattern by heating and / or exposure may be included as necessary. .
 また、塗布装置吐出部のノズルや配管部の目詰まり、塗布機内への着色硬化性組成物や顔料の付着・沈降・乾燥による汚染等を効率よく洗浄するためには、本発明の着色硬化性組成物に関する溶剤を洗浄液として用いることが好ましい。また、特開平7-128867号公報、特開平7-146562号公報、特開平8-278637号公報、特開2000-273370号公報、特開2006-85140号公報、特開2006-291191号公報、特開2007-2101号公報、特開2007-2102号公報、特開2007-281523号公報などに記載の洗浄液を好適に用いることができる。
 上記のうち、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレートおよびアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましい。
 これら溶媒は、単独で用いても2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を混合する場合、ヒドロキシル基を有する溶剤とヒドロキシル基を有しない溶剤とを混合することが好ましい。ヒドロキシル基を有する溶剤とヒドロキシル基を有しない溶剤との質量比は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、さらに好ましくは20/80~80/20である。プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)とプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)の混合溶剤で、その比率が60/40であることが特に好ましい。なお、汚染物に対する洗浄液の浸透性を向上させるために、洗浄液には上述した本発明の着色硬化性組成物に関する界面活性剤を添加してもよい。
In addition, the colored curable composition of the present invention is used to efficiently clean the nozzles and pipes of the discharge unit of the coating device, and the contamination of the colored curable composition and pigment in the coating machine due to adhesion, settling, and drying. It is preferable to use a solvent relating to the composition as the cleaning liquid. Also, JP-A-7-128867, JP-A-7-146562, JP-A-8-278737, JP-A-2000-273370, JP-A-2006-85140, JP-A-2006-291191, The cleaning liquids described in JP2007-2101A, JP2007-2102A, JP2007-281523A, and the like can be suitably used.
Of the above, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers are preferred.
These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When mixing 2 or more types, it is preferable to mix the solvent which has a hydroxyl group, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent not having a hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. In a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), the ratio is particularly preferably 60/40. In addition, in order to improve the permeability of the cleaning liquid with respect to contaminants, a surfactant related to the colored curable composition of the present invention described above may be added to the cleaning liquid.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、CCD、CMOS等の固体撮像素子に好適に用いることができ、特に100万画素を超えるような高解像度のCCDやCMOS等に好適である。
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、例えば、CCDまたはCMOSを構成する各画素の受光部と、集光するためのマイクロレンズと、の間に配置されるカラーフィルタとして用いることができる。
The color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a CCD or CMOS having a high resolution exceeding 1 million pixels.
The color filter of the present invention can be used as, for example, a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for condensing light.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける着色パターン(着色画素)の膜厚は、2.0μm以下が好ましく、1.0μm以下がより好ましく、0.7μm以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、例えば0.1μm以上とすることができ、0.2μm以上とすることもできる。
 また、着色パターン(着色画素)のサイズ(パターン幅)としては、2.5μm以下が好ましく、2.0μm以下がより好ましく、1.7μm以下が特に好ましい。下限は、例えば0.1μm以上とすることができ、0.2μm以上とすることもできる。
The film thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) in the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, and can also be 0.2 μm or more.
Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, and can also be 0.2 μm or more.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明のカラーフィルタを備える。本発明の固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明のカラーフィルタを備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging device>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the above-described color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration that includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device.
 支持体上に、固体撮像素子(CCDイメージセンサー、CMOSイメージセンサー等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等からなる遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、本発明の固体撮像素子用カラーフィルタを有する構成である。
 さらに、デバイス保護層上であってカラーフィルタの下(支持体に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
The support has a transfer electrode made of a plurality of photodiodes and polysilicon constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.). It has a light-shielding film made of tungsten or the like that is open only in the light-receiving part, and has a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving part. In addition, the solid-state image sensor color filter of the present invention is included.
Further, a configuration having a light condensing means (for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter) on the device protection layer and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), a structure having the light condensing means on the color filter It may be.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などの、画像表示装置に用いることができる。特に液晶表示装置の用途に好適である。本発明のカラーフィルタを備えた液晶表示装置は、表示画像の色合いが良好で表示特性に優れた高画質画像を表示することができる。
<Image display device>
The color filter of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. It is particularly suitable for liquid crystal display devices. The liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image with a good display image color and excellent display characteristics.
 表示装置の定義や各表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木 昭夫著、(株)工業調査会 1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹 順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田 龍男編集、(株)工業調査会 1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。 For the definition of display devices and details of each display device, refer to, for example, “Electronic Display Device (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Kenkyukai, 1990)”, “Display Device (Junsho Ibuki, Industrial Books Co., Ltd.) Issued in the first year). The liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”. The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the “next generation liquid crystal display technology”.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、カラーTFT(Thin Film Transistor)方式の液晶表示装置に用いてもよい。カラーTFT方式の液晶表示装置については、例えば「カラーTFT液晶ディスプレイ(共立出版(株)1996年発行)」に記載されている。さらに、本発明はIPS(In Plane Switching)などの横電界駆動方式、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)などの画素分割方式などの視野角が拡大された液晶表示装置や、STN(Super-Twist Nematic)、TN(Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertical Alignment)、OCS(on-chip spacer)、FFS(fringe field switching)、および、R-OCB(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend)等にも適用できる。
 また、本発明におけるカラーフィルタは、明るく高精細なCOA(Color-filter On Array)方式にも供することが可能である。COA方式の液晶表示装置にあっては、カラーフィルタ層に対する要求特性は、前述のような通常の要求特性に加えて、層間絶縁膜に対する要求特性、すなわち低誘電率および剥離液耐性が必要とされることがある。本発明のカラーフィルタは、耐光性などに優れるので、解像度が高く長期耐久性に優れたCOA方式の液晶表示装置を提供することができる。なお、低誘電率の要求特性を満足するためには、カラーフィルタ層の上に樹脂被膜を設けてもよい。
 これらの画像表示方式については、例えば、「EL、PDP、LCDディスプレイ-技術と市場の最新動向-(東レリサーチセンター調査研究部門 2001年発行)」の43ページなどに記載されている。
The color filter of the present invention may be used in a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type liquid crystal display device. The color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Color TFT liquid crystal display (issued in 1996 by Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd.)”. Further, the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device with a wide viewing angle, such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as IPS (In Plane Switching), a pixel division method such as MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment), a STN (Super-Twist Nematic). ), TN (Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertical Alignment), OCS (On-chip spacer), FFS (Fringe field switching), and R-OCB (Reflective Optical Compensated).
In addition, the color filter in the present invention can be used for a bright and high-definition COA (Color-filter On Array) system. In the case of a COA type liquid crystal display device, the required characteristics for the color filter layer require the required characteristics for the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the resistance to the stripping solution, in addition to the normal required characteristics as described above. Sometimes. Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, a COA type liquid crystal display device having high resolution and excellent long-term durability can be provided. In order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.
These image display methods are described, for example, on page 43 of "EL, PDP, LCD display-latest technology and market trends (issued in 2001 by Toray Research Center Research Division)".
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタを備えた液晶表示装置は、本発明におけるカラーフィルタ以外に、電極基板、偏光フィルム、位相差フィルム、バックライト、スペーサ、視野角保障フィルムなど様々な部材から構成される。本発明のカラーフィルタは、これらの公知の部材で構成される液晶表示装置に適用することができる。これらの部材については、例えば、「'94液晶ディスプレイ周辺材料・ケミカルズの市場(島 健太郎 (株)シーエムシー 1994年発行)」、「2003液晶関連市場の現状と将来展望(下巻)(表良吉(株)富士キメラ総研、2003年発行)」に記載されている。
 バックライトに関しては、SID meeting Digest 1380(2005)(A.Konno et.al)や、月刊ディスプレイ 2005年12月号の18~24ページ(島 康裕)、同25~30ページ(八木隆明)などに記載されている。
In addition to the color filter of the present invention, the liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle guarantee film. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of these known members. Regarding these components, for example, “'94 Liquid Crystal Display Peripheral Materials / Chemicals Market (Kentaro Shima CMC 1994)”, “2003 Liquid Crystal Related Markets Current Status and Future Prospects (Volume 2)” Fuji Chimera Research Institute, Ltd., published in 2003) ”.
Regarding backlighting, SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et.al), Monthly Display December 2005, pages 18-24 (Yasuhiro Shima), pages 25-30 (Takaaki Yagi), etc. Are listed.
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタを液晶表示装置に用いると、従来公知の冷陰極管の三波長管と組み合わせたときに高いコントラストを実現できるが、さらに、赤、緑、青の発光ダイオード(LED)光源をバックライトとすることによって輝度が高く、また、色純度の高い色再現性の良好な液晶表示装置を提供することができる。 When the color filter according to the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, a high contrast can be realized when combined with a conventionally known three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube, and further, red, green and blue light emitting diode (LED) light sources are used. By using a backlight, a liquid crystal display device having high luminance and high color purity and excellent color reproducibility can be provided.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
(合成例)ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の合成
 特開2003-161827号公報の段落番号0098~0101に記載の方法に倣い、フタロシアニン1分子に結合した各原子の平均個数が下記表に示す組成となるように適宜添加量を変えて合成した。
 なお、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の組成は、質量分析と、フラスコ燃焼イオンクロマトグラフによるハロゲン含有量分析から算出した。下記表における原子の数は、上記一般式(A1)で表されるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の、X1~X16が表す数である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
(Synthesis Example) Synthesis of zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment Following the method described in paragraph Nos. 0098 to 0101 of JP-A No. 2003-161827, the average number of each atom bonded to one molecule of phthalocyanine has the composition shown in the following table. As described above, synthesis was carried out by appropriately changing the addition amount.
The composition of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment was calculated from mass analysis and halogen content analysis by flask combustion ion chromatography. The number of atoms in the following table is the number represented by X 1 to X 16 of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (A1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
 <Green顔料分散液の調製>
 合成例で得られた表1のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と、イエロー顔料と、顔料誘導体と、分散剤と、溶剤を下記表に示す質量部となるように混合し、その混合液を、ビーズミルにより15時間混合・分散して、各々のGreen顔料分散液を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
<Preparation of Green pigment dispersion>
The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment of Table 1 obtained in the synthesis example, a yellow pigment, a pigment derivative, a dispersant, and a solvent were mixed so as to have a mass part shown in the following table, and the mixed solution was mixed by a bead mill. Each green pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing and dispersing for 15 hours.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
<Green顔料含有着色硬化性組成物(塗布液)の調製>
 上記のGreen顔料分散液を用い、下記表に示す質量部となるように混合、撹拌してGreen顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
<Preparation of Green Pigment-Containing Colored Curable Composition (Coating Liquid)>
Using the above green pigment dispersion, mixing and stirring were carried out so as to be the mass parts shown in the following table to prepare a green pigment-containing colored curable composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
 表2、3に示す原料は以下である。
(ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料)
 ・顔料A~M:表1に示すハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料A~M
(イエロー顔料)
 ・PY185:C.I.ピグメントイエロー 185
 ・PY150:C.I.ピグメントイエロー 150
 ・PY139:C.I.ピグメントイエロー 139
(分散剤)
 ・分散剤A:下記構造(酸性分散剤、重量平均分子量=24000、酸価=52mgKOH/g、繰り返し単位における比はモル比である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 ・分散剤B:下記構造(酸性分散剤、重量平均分子量=21000、酸価=30mgKOH/g、繰り返し単位における比はモル比である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

 ・分散剤C:下記構造(塩基性分散剤、重量平均分子量=5000、酸価=0mgKOH/g、繰り返し単位における比はモル比である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(顔料誘導体)
・誘導体A:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

・誘導体B:下記構造(式中、MはHである)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

・誘導体C:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

・誘導体D:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

・誘導体E:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(硬化性化合物)
・化合物A:重合性化合物(ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、KAYARAD DPHA、日本化薬社製)
・化合物B:エポキシ化合物(EHPE 3150、ダイセル化学工業株式会社製)
・化合物C:重合性化合物(アロニックスTO-2349、東亞合成(株)製、下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

・化合物D:重合性化合物(NKエステルA-DPH-12E(エチレンオキシ変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、新中村化学(株)製)
・化合物E:重合性化合物(NKエステルA-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学(株)製)
・化合物F:エポキシ化合物(EPICLON N-695(ノボラック骨格のエポキシ樹脂)、DIC(株)製)
・化合物G:重合性化合物(M-305(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの混合物、東亜合成(株)製)
(光重合開始剤)
・開始剤A:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF社製)
・開始剤B:IRGACURE OXE02(BASF社製)
・開始剤C:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

 ・開始剤D:IRGACURE-369(BASF社製)
(界面活性剤)
活性剤A:メガファックF-781F(フッ素系界面活性剤、DIC(株)製)
活性剤B:KF6001(シリコン系界面活性剤、信越化学工業(株)製)
(樹脂)
 樹脂A:下記構造(繰り返し単位における比はモル比である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

 樹脂B:下記構造(繰り返し単位における比はモル比であり、Meはメチル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

 樹脂C:メタクリル酸/ベンジルメタクリレートの50:50(モル比)共重合体
(溶剤)
 ・PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
The raw materials shown in Tables 2 and 3 are as follows.
(Halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment)
Pigments A to M: Zinc halide phthalocyanine pigments A to M shown in Table 1
(Yellow pigment)
-PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185
-PY150: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150
-PY139: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139
(Dispersant)
Dispersant A: The following structure (acid dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 24000, acid value = 52 mg KOH / g, ratio in repeating units is molar ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

Dispersant B: The following structure (acid dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 21000, acid value = 30 mgKOH / g, ratio in repeating units is molar ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

Dispersant C: The following structure (basic dispersant, weight average molecular weight = 5000, acid value = 0 mgKOH / g, ratio in repeating units is molar ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(Pigment derivative)
Derivative A: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

Derivative B: the following structure (wherein M is H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

Derivative C: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

Derivative D: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

Derivative E: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(Curable compound)
Compound A: polymerizable compound (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Compound B: Epoxy compound (EHPE 3150, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
Compound C: polymerizable compound (Aronix TO-2349, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., the following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

Compound D: polymerizable compound (NK ester A-DPH-12E (ethyleneoxy-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.))
Compound E: polymerizable compound (NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.))
Compound F: Epoxy compound (EPICLON N-695 (epoxy resin with novolak skeleton), manufactured by DIC Corporation)
Compound G: polymerizable compound (M-305 (a mixture of pentaerythritol tetraacrylate and pentaerythritol triacrylate, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
Initiator A: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
Initiator B: IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
Initiator C: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

Initiator D: IRGACURE-369 (manufactured by BASF)
(Surfactant)
Activator A: Megafac F-781F (Fluorosurfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
Activator B: KF6001 (silicon-based surfactant, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(resin)
Resin A: The following structure (ratio in repeating unit is molar ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

Resin B: The following structure (ratio in repeating units is molar ratio, Me is a methyl group)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

Resin C: 50:50 (molar ratio) copolymer of methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate (solvent)
・ PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
<Blue顔料分散液の調製>
 顔料としてピグメントブルー15:6を 9.5部と、ピグメントバイオレット23を 2.4部と、樹脂(分散剤)としてBYK-161(BYK社製)5.6部と、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) 82.5部とを混合して得た混合液を、ビーズミルにより15時間混合・分散して、Blue顔料分散液を調製した。
<Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion>
9.5 parts of Pigment Blue 15: 6 as a pigment, 2.4 parts of Pigment Violet 23, 5.6 parts of BYK-161 (manufactured by BYK) as a resin (dispersant), and propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a solvent A mixed solution obtained by mixing 82.5 parts of acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed by a bead mill for 15 hours to prepare a Blue pigment dispersion.
<Blue顔料含有着色硬化性組成物(塗布液)の調製>
 上記のBlue顔料分散液を用い、下記組成となるように混合、撹拌してBlue顔料含有着色硬化性組成物(Blue着色感放射線性組成物)を調製した。
<組成>
・顔料分散液:Blue顔料分散液 51.2部
・光重合開始剤:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF(株)製) 0.87部
・重合性化合物:KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製) 4.7部
・樹脂(バインダー):ACA230AA (ダイセル化学工業(株)製) 7.4部
・重合禁止剤:p-メトキシフェノール 0.002部
・ノニオン系界面活性剤:パイオニンD-6112-W(竹本油脂(株)製)0.19部・シランカップリング剤:KBM-602(信越化学(株)製)のシクロヘキサノン0.9%溶液 10.8部
・有機溶剤:PGMEA 14.3部
・有機溶剤:シクロヘキサノン 6.4部
・フッ素系界面活性剤:F-781F(DIC(株)製)のシクロヘキサノン0.2%溶液 4.2部
<Preparation of Blue Pigment-Containing Colored Curable Composition (Coating Liquid)>
A blue pigment-containing colored curable composition (Blue colored radiation-sensitive composition) was prepared by using the above-mentioned Blue pigment dispersion and mixing and stirring so as to have the following composition.
<Composition>
Pigment dispersion: 51.2 parts of blue pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corp.) 0.87 parts Polymerizable compound: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 4.7 parts, resin (binder): ACA230AA (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 7.4 parts, polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol 0.002 parts, nonionic surfactant: Pionein D-6112-W 0.19 parts (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), 10.8 parts of cyclohexanone 0.9% solution of silane coupling agent: KBM-602 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), organic solvent: 14.3 parts of PGMEA Organic solvent: 6.4 parts of cyclohexanone. Fluorosurfactant: Cyclohexanone 0.2% solution of F-781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 4.2 parts
[製造例1](フォトリソグラフィによるパターン形成工程を含むカラーフィルタの製造)
<第1の着色層(緑色層)の形成>
 上記で得られた実施例1~12、15~33、および、比較例1~3のGreen顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、塗布後の膜厚が0.8μmになるようにスピンコータを用いて、下塗り層付シリコンウエハ上に塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行い、塗布膜を形成した。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンマスクを通してパターンサイズが1.4μm四方になるように露光量を調整して、塗布膜に365nmの波長のi線を照射して露光した。
 その後、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウェハを水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH) 0.3%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した。次いで、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンが形成された第1の着色層(緑色層)を得た。
<第2の着色層(青色層)の形成>
 上記で得られた第1の着色層(緑色層)に、上記のBlue顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、塗布後の膜厚が0.8μmになるように塗布し、乾燥して、第1の着色層(緑色層)上に、第2の着色層(青色層)が形成された、積層カラーフィルタを得た。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、1.4μm四方のアイランドパターンマスクを通してパターンサイズが1.4μm四方になるように露光量を調整して、積層カラーフィルタに365nmの波長のi線を照射して露光した。
 その後、露光された積層カラーフィルタが形成されているシリコンウェハをTMAH 0.3%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した。次いで、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、1.4μm四方の積層パターンが形成されたカラーフィルタを得た。
[Production Example 1] (Manufacture of color filter including pattern formation process by photolithography)
<Formation of first colored layer (green layer)>
Using the spin coater, the green pigment-containing colored curable compositions of Examples 1 to 12, 15 to 33 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 obtained above were applied so that the film thickness after application was 0.8 μm. Then, it was coated on a silicon wafer with an undercoat layer and subjected to heat treatment (pre-baking) for 120 seconds using a 100 ° C. hot plate to form a coated film.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), adjusting the exposure amount so that the pattern size becomes 1.4 μm square through a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, and coating The film was exposed by irradiating with i-line having a wavelength of 365 nm.
Thereafter, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was subjected to paddle development at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it rinsed with the spin shower and further washed with pure water. Next, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a first colored layer (green layer) on which a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern was formed.
<Formation of second colored layer (blue layer)>
The above-described Blue pigment-containing colored curable composition is applied to the first colored layer (green layer) obtained above so that the film thickness after application is 0.8 μm, dried, and then dried. A laminated color filter in which a second colored layer (blue layer) was formed on the colored layer (green layer) was obtained.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), adjusting the exposure amount so that the pattern size becomes 1.4 μm square through a 1.4 μm square island pattern mask, The color filter was exposed by irradiating with i-line having a wavelength of 365 nm.
Thereafter, paddle development was performed on the silicon wafer on which the laminated color filter had been formed, using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it rinsed with the spin shower and further washed with pure water. Next, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a color filter on which a laminated pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.
[製造例2](ドライエッチングによるパターン形成工程を含むカラーフィルタの製造)
<第1の着色層の形成>
 直径200mm(8インチ)のシリコンウエハ基板上にスピンコータにて、実施例13、14のGreen顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、塗布後の膜厚が0.8μmとなるように塗布した後、ホットプレートを使用して、200℃で5分間の加熱を行い、塗布膜を硬化することにより第1の着色層(緑色層)を形成した。この第1の着色層(緑色層)の膜厚は0.8μmであった。
(マスク用レジストの塗布)
 次いで、ポジ型フォトレジスト「FHi622BC」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)を第1の着色層上に塗布し、プリベークを実施し、膜厚0.8μmのフォトレジスト層を形成した。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンマスクを通してパターンサイズが1.4μm四方になるように露光量を調整して、フォトレジスト層に365nmの波長のi線を照射して露光した。
 次いで、フォトレジスト層の温度又は雰囲気温度が90℃となる温度で1分間、加熱処理を行なった。その後、現像液「FHD-5」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)で1分間の現像処理を行い、更に110℃で1分間のポストベーク処理を実施した。
(ドライエッチング)
 次に、ドライエッチングを以下の手順で行った。
 ドライエッチング装置(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製、U-621)にて、RF(Radio Frequency)パワー:800W、アンテナバイアス:400W、ウエハバイアス:200W、チャンバーの内部圧力:4.0Pa、基板温度:50℃、混合ガスのガス種及び流量を、CF4:80mL/min、O2:40mL/min、Ar:800mL/minとして、第1段階のエッチング処理を80秒間、実施した。
 次いで、同一のエッチングチャンバーにて、RFパワー:600W、アンテナバイアス:100W、ウエハバイアス:250W、チャンバーの内部圧力:2.0Pa、基板温度:50℃、混合ガスのガス種及び流量をN2:500mL/min、O2:50mL/min、Ar:500mL/minとし(N2/O2/Ar=10/1/10)、第2段階のエッチング処理である、オーバーエッチング処理を28秒間、実施した。
 上記条件でドライエッチングを行った後、フォトレジスト剥離液「MS230C」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)を使用して120秒間、剥離処理を実施してレジストを除去し、更に純水による洗浄、スピン乾燥を実施した。その後、100℃で2分間の脱水ベーク処理を行った。以上により、ドライエッチング後の第1の着色層(緑色層)を得た。
<第2の着色層の形成>
 上記で得られたドライエッチング後の第1の着色層(緑色層)に、上記のBlue顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、塗布後の膜厚が0.8μmになるように塗布し、乾燥して、ドライエッチング後の第1の着色層(緑色層)上に、第2の着色層(青色層)が形成された、積層カラーフィルタを得た。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、1.4μm四方のアイランドパターンマスクを通してパターンサイズが1.4μm四方になるように露光量を調整して、積層カラーフィルタに365nmの波長のi線を照射して露光した。
 その後、露光された積層カラーフィルタが形成されているシリコンウェハをTMAH 0.3%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した。次いで、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、1.4μm四方の積層パターンが形成されたカラーフィルタを得た。
[Production Example 2] (Manufacture of color filter including pattern formation process by dry etching)
<Formation of first colored layer>
After applying the green pigment-containing colored curable compositions of Examples 13 and 14 on a silicon wafer substrate having a diameter of 200 mm (8 inches) with a spin coater so that the film thickness after application was 0.8 μm, The first colored layer (green layer) was formed by heating the coating film at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a plate. The film thickness of this first colored layer (green layer) was 0.8 μm.
(Application of mask resist)
Next, a positive photoresist “FHi622BC” (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials) was applied on the first colored layer and prebaked to form a 0.8 μm-thick photoresist layer.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), adjusting the exposure amount so that the pattern size becomes 1.4 μm square through a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, The resist layer was exposed by irradiating it with i-line having a wavelength of 365 nm.
Next, heat treatment was performed for 1 minute at a temperature at which the temperature of the photoresist layer or the ambient temperature was 90 ° C. Thereafter, development processing was performed for 1 minute with a developer “FHD-5” (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials), and further post-baking processing was performed at 110 ° C. for 1 minute.
(Dry etching)
Next, dry etching was performed according to the following procedure.
RF (Radio Frequency) power: 800 W, antenna bias: 400 W, wafer bias: 200 W, chamber internal pressure: 4.0 Pa, substrate temperature: 50 ° C. using a dry etching apparatus (U-621, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) The first stage etching process was performed for 80 seconds with the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas being CF 4 : 80 mL / min, O 2 : 40 mL / min, and Ar: 800 mL / min.
Next, in the same etching chamber, RF power: 600 W, antenna bias: 100 W, wafer bias: 250 W, chamber internal pressure: 2.0 Pa, substrate temperature: 50 ° C., gas mixture type and flow rate of N 2 : 500 mL / min, O 2 : 50 mL / min, Ar: 500 mL / min (N 2 / O 2 / Ar = 10/1/10), overetching process, which is the second stage etching process, was performed for 28 seconds did.
After performing dry etching under the above conditions, a resist stripping solution “MS230C” (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is used for 120 seconds to remove the resist, and further cleaning with pure water. Spin drying was performed. Thereafter, a dehydration baking process was performed at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Thus, a first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching was obtained.
<Formation of second colored layer>
The above-mentioned Blue pigment-containing colored curable composition is applied to the first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching obtained above so that the film thickness after application is 0.8 μm, and dried. Thus, a laminated color filter in which the second colored layer (blue layer) was formed on the first colored layer (green layer) after dry etching was obtained.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), adjusting the exposure amount so that the pattern size becomes 1.4 μm square through a 1.4 μm square island pattern mask, The color filter was exposed by irradiating with i-line having a wavelength of 365 nm.
Thereafter, paddle development was performed on the silicon wafer on which the laminated color filter had been formed, using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it rinsed with the spin shower and further washed with pure water. Next, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a color filter on which a laminated pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed.
<評価>
<<針状結晶発生度評価>>
 第2の着色層のポストベーク後の基板と、さらに240~260℃にて5分間追加ベークしたシリコンウエハを、走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製 S-9260走査電子顕微鏡)を用いて20000倍に拡大して観察し、針状の結晶の発生度合いを以下の基準に基づいて評価した。以下の評価で3~5が実用的である。
5:ポストベーク後(200℃/5分)及び、260℃/10分での追加ベーク後でも針状結晶が発生しない
4:ポストベーク後(200℃/5分)及び、250℃/10分での追加ベーク後でも針状結晶が発生しないが、260℃/5分での追加ベーク後は針状結晶が発生する。
3:ポストベーク後(200℃/5分)及び、240℃/10分での追加ベーク後でも針状結晶が発生しないが、250℃/5分での追加ベーク後は針状結晶が発生する。
2:ポストベーク後(200℃/5分)は針状結晶が発生しないが、240℃/10分での追加ベーク後は針状結晶が発生する。
1:ポストベーク後(200℃/10分)に針状結晶が発生する。
<Evaluation>
<< Evaluation of acicular crystal generation >>
Using a scanning electron microscope (S-9260 scanning electron microscope manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the substrate after post-baking of the second colored layer and the silicon wafer additionally baked at 240 to 260 ° C. for 5 minutes are used. Observation was performed at a magnification of 20000 times, and the degree of occurrence of needle-like crystals was evaluated based on the following criteria. In the following evaluation, 3 to 5 is practical.
5: After post-baking (200 ° C./5 minutes) and after additional baking at 260 ° C./10 minutes, no needle crystals are generated 4: After post-baking (200 ° C./5 minutes) and 250 ° C./10 minutes No acicular crystals are generated even after additional baking at, but acicular crystals are generated after additional baking at 260 ° C./5 minutes.
3: Needle-like crystals are not generated even after post-baking (200 ° C / 5 minutes) and after additional baking at 240 ° C / 10 minutes, but needle-like crystals are generated after additional baking at 250 ° C / 5 minutes. .
2: After post-baking (200 ° C./5 minutes), acicular crystals are not generated, but after additional baking at 240 ° C./10 minutes, acicular crystals are generated.
1: Needle-like crystals are generated after post-baking (200 ° C./10 minutes).
<<輝度ムラ>>
 実施例1~33、比較例1~3のGreen顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、乾燥後の膜厚が0.8μmになるようにスピンコータを用いて、ガラス基板上に塗布し、100℃で120秒間プリベークして着色塗膜を得た。
 得られた着色塗膜を光学顕微鏡の観測レンズと光源との間に設置して、光を観測レンズに向けて照射し、その透過光状態を、倍率が1000倍のデジタルカメラを備えた光学顕微鏡によって観察した。光学顕微鏡に備わるデジタルカメラは、128万画素のCCDが搭載されており、当該デジタルカメラで透過光状態にある被膜表面を撮影した。撮影画像は、8ビットのビットマップ形式でデジタル変換したデータ(デジタル画像)として保存した。
 なお、着色塗膜の被膜表面の撮影は任意に選択した20の領域に対して行った。また、デジタル変換したデータは、撮影画像を赤・緑・青の3原色それぞれの輝度を0~255までの256階調の濃度分布として数値化して保存した。
 次いで、保存されたデジタル画像について、1つの格子サイズが実基板上の0.5μm四方に相当するように、格子状に区分し、一つの区画内での輝度を平均化した。
 本実施例においては、128万画素のデジタルカメラで光学1000倍の画像を撮影したため、実基板上の0.5μmは撮影画像上の0.5mmとなり、ディスプレイ上における画像サイズが452mm×352mmであったことから、一つの領域における総区画数は636416個であった。
 各領域の全区画について、任意の1区画とそれに隣接する全ての隣接区画の平均輝度とを計測した。1区画と隣接区画との平均輝度の差が5%以上の1区画を有意差区画と認定し、全領域の有意差区画の平均総数を算出し、下記基準に基づいて輝度ムラを評価した。この数値が小さいほど、隣接する区画との濃度差が小さく、輝度ムラが少なく、カラーフィルタとしての特性に優れる事を表す。
5:有意差区画数が2000以下である。
4:有意差区画数が2001~3000である。
3:有意差区画数が3001~5000である。
2:有意差区画数が5001~10000である。
1:有意差区画数が10001以上である。
<< Luminance unevenness >>
The green pigment-containing colored curable compositions of Examples 1 to 33 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 0.8 μm, and the coating was performed at 100 ° C. Pre-baked for 120 seconds to obtain a colored coating film.
The obtained colored coating film is placed between the observation lens and the light source of the optical microscope, irradiates the light toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state is an optical microscope equipped with a digital camera with a magnification of 1000 times. Observed by. The digital camera provided in the optical microscope is equipped with a CCD with 1.28 million pixels, and the surface of the coating film in a transmitted light state was photographed with the digital camera. The captured image was stored as digitally converted data (digital image) in an 8-bit bitmap format.
In addition, imaging | photography of the coating film surface of a colored coating film was performed with respect to 20 area | regions selected arbitrarily. Further, the digitally converted data was stored by digitizing the captured image as a density distribution of 256 gradations from 0 to 255 for each of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue.
Next, the stored digital image was divided into a grid shape so that one grid size corresponds to 0.5 μm square on the actual substrate, and the luminance in one section was averaged.
In this example, since a 1.times.820,000 pixel digital camera took an image with a magnification of 1000 times, 0.5 μm on the actual substrate was 0.5 mm on the photographed image, and the image size on the display was 452 mm × 352 mm. Therefore, the total number of sections in one area was 636416.
For all the sections in each region, an arbitrary luminance and the average luminance of all adjacent sections adjacent to it were measured. One section having an average luminance difference of 5% or more between one section and an adjacent section was recognized as a significant difference section, the average total number of significant difference sections in all regions was calculated, and luminance unevenness was evaluated based on the following criteria. The smaller the numerical value, the smaller the density difference between adjacent sections, the less the luminance unevenness, and the better the characteristics as a color filter.
5: The number of significant difference sections is 2000 or less.
4: The number of significant difference compartments is 2001 to 3000.
3: The number of significant difference compartments is 3001 to 5000.
2: The number of significant difference compartments is 5001 to 10,000.
1: The number of significant difference sections is 10001 or more.
<<現像残渣>>
 実施例1~12、15~33、比較例1~3のGreen顔料含有着色硬化性組成物を、塗布後の膜厚が0.8μmになるようにスピンコータを用いて、下塗り層付シリコンウエハ上に塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行い、塗布膜を形成した。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンマスクを通してパターンサイズが1.4μm四方になるように露光量を調整して、塗布膜に365nmの波長のi線を照射して露光した。
 その後、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウェハをTMAH 0.3%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した。次いで、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンが形成された単色カラーフィルタを得た。
 得られた1.4μm四方のベイヤーパターンに対して、測長SEM(S-4800、日立社製)を用いて、パターン周辺の残渣を観察することにより、下記基準に基づいて現像残渣を評価した。
3:残渣は観察されない。
2:残渣が観察されるが、実用上問題ないレベルである。
1:残渣が観察され、実用できないレベルである。
<< Development residue >>
The green pigment-containing colored curable compositions of Examples 1 to 12, 15 to 33, and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were applied on a silicon wafer with an undercoat layer using a spin coater so that the film thickness after application was 0.8 μm. And a heat treatment (prebake) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. to form a coating film.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), adjusting the exposure amount so that the pattern size becomes 1.4 μm square through a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern mask, and coating The film was exposed by irradiating with i-line having a wavelength of 365 nm.
Thereafter, paddle development was performed on the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed using a TMAH 0.3% aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it rinsed with the spin shower and further washed with pure water. Next, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a monochromatic color filter on which a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern was formed.
Development residue was evaluated based on the following criteria by observing the residue around the pattern using a length measuring SEM (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi) on the obtained 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern. .
3: No residue is observed.
2: Although a residue is observed, it is a level which is satisfactory practically.
1: Residue is observed and it is the level which cannot be used practically.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
 上記結果から明らかなように、実施例は、針状結晶の発生を効率よく抑制することができた。また、実施例1~12、15~33は、実施例1において、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料Aを、同量のハロゲン化フタロシアニン顔料F、IまたはMに変更して着色硬化性組成物を調製し、製造例1に基づいてカラーフィルタを作製した場合よりも、針状結晶の発生をよく抑制できた。
 更には、実施例は、輝度ムラが良好であった。
 これに対し、比較例は、針状結晶が発生しやすかった。
 
As is clear from the above results, the Examples were able to efficiently suppress the generation of needle crystals. In Examples 1 to 12 and 15 to 33, a colored curable composition was prepared by changing the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment A to the same amount of the halogenated phthalocyanine pigment F, I or M in Example 1. As compared with the case where a color filter was produced based on Production Example 1, the generation of needle crystals could be suppressed well.
Further, in the examples, the luminance unevenness was good.
On the other hand, in the comparative example, acicular crystals were easily generated.

Claims (13)

  1.  ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色剤と、樹脂と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、
     前記ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中のハロゲン原子の平均個数が14~16個であり、かつ、臭素原子の平均個数が12個以下である、着色硬化性組成物。
    A colorant containing a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a resin, a curable compound, and a solvent;
    The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is a colored curable composition having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 14 to 16 and an average number of bromine atoms of 12 or less.
  2.  前記ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が1~8個である、請求項1に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 8.
  3.  前記ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、フタロシアニン1分子中の臭素原子の平均個数が1~7個である、請求項1に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment has an average number of bromine atoms in one molecule of phthalocyanine of 1 to 7.
  4.  前記樹脂として、酸性分散剤を含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising an acidic dispersant as the resin.
  5.  更に顔料誘導体を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物。 The colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a pigment derivative.
  6.  前記顔料誘導体が、下記一般式(P)で表される化合物である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(P)中、Aは、下記一般式(PA-1)~(PA-3)から選ばれる構造を表し、
     Bは単結合、または、(t+1)価の連結基を表し、
     Cは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
     Dは、単結合、アルキレン基、または、アリーレン基を表し、
     Eは、-SO3Hもしくはその塩、-CO2Hもしくはその塩、または、-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表し、
     RpaおよびRpbは、各々独立して、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、RpaおよびRpbは互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
     tは1~5の整数を表す;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     Rpは、炭素数1~5のアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     Rpは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、またはヒドロキシル基を表し、
     Rpは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO2-、-SO2NH-、-O-、-S-、または、-SO2-を表し、
     sは、1~4の整数を表し、sが2以上の場合、複数のRpは、互いに同じであっても、異なっていてもよく、
     *はBとの連結部を表す。
    The colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the pigment derivative is a compound represented by the following general formula (P):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (P), A represents a structure selected from the following general formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3):
    B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group,
    C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
    D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group,
    E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb);
    Rpa and Rpb each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring;
    t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    Rp 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group,
    Rp 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxyl group,
    Rp 3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
    s represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp 2 may be the same as or different from each other;
    * Represents a connecting portion with B.
  7.  前記硬化性化合物が、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を少なくとも含むものであり、
     更に、光重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物。
    The curable compound contains at least a tri- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound,
    The colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ。 A color filter formed using the colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、前記着色硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、未露光部を現像除去して着色パターンを形成する工程とを含むパターン形成方法。 A step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, and exposing the colored curable composition layer in a pattern A pattern forming method including a step and a step of developing and removing an unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.
  10.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色硬化性組成物層を形成し、硬化して着色層を形成する工程と、前記着色層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、露光および現像することにより前記フォトレジスト層をパターニングしてレジストパターンを得る工程と、前記レジストパターンをエッチングマスクとして前記着色層をドライエッチングして着色パターンを形成する工程とを含む、パターン形成方法。 A step of forming a colored curable composition layer on a support using the colored curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 and curing to form a colored layer; Forming a photoresist layer, patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern, and dry-etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etching mask to form a colored pattern And a pattern forming method.
  11.  請求項9または10に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、カラーフィルタの製造方法。 A method for producing a color filter, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 9.
  12.  請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタ、または、請求項11に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法により得られたカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the color filter according to claim 8 or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 11.
  13.  請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタ、または、請求項11に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法により得られたカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置。
     
    An image display device comprising the color filter according to claim 8 or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2015/079637 2014-11-04 2015-10-21 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device WO2016072259A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014224226A JP2017226709A (en) 2014-11-04 2014-11-04 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging device, and image display apparatus
JP2014-224226 2014-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016072259A1 true WO2016072259A1 (en) 2016-05-12

Family

ID=55908986

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/079637 WO2016072259A1 (en) 2014-11-04 2015-10-21 Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2017226709A (en)
TW (1) TW201623461A (en)
WO (1) WO2016072259A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109870877A (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-06-11 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colored filter and image display device
CN110018615A (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-16 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
CN110109324A (en) * 2018-02-01 2019-08-09 东友精细化工有限公司 Red sensitive resin combination, colour filter and image display device comprising it
CN110133964A (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
WO2024075837A1 (en) * 2022-10-06 2024-04-11 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colorant-containing liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and method for producing colored resin composition

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6839487B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2021-03-10 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP7207173B2 (en) * 2019-05-30 2023-01-18 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2021063999A (en) * 2021-01-04 2021-04-22 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002052307A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Composition for color filters and color filters
KR20090077281A (en) * 2008-01-10 2009-07-15 삼성전자주식회사 Display panel
JP2011153280A (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Fine pigment particle dispersion, photocurable composition, color filter using the same, dispersion auxiliary using the same, and method for producing the same
CN102236258A (en) * 2010-04-26 2011-11-09 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and colour filter formed by same and liquid crystal display assembly containing colour filter
JP2014153554A (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-25 Fujifilm Corp Curable composition and color filter

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002052307A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Composition for color filters and color filters
KR20090077281A (en) * 2008-01-10 2009-07-15 삼성전자주식회사 Display panel
JP2011153280A (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Fine pigment particle dispersion, photocurable composition, color filter using the same, dispersion auxiliary using the same, and method for producing the same
CN102236258A (en) * 2010-04-26 2011-11-09 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and colour filter formed by same and liquid crystal display assembly containing colour filter
JP2014153554A (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-25 Fujifilm Corp Curable composition and color filter

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109870877A (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-06-11 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colored filter and image display device
CN110018615A (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-16 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
CN110109324A (en) * 2018-02-01 2019-08-09 东友精细化工有限公司 Red sensitive resin combination, colour filter and image display device comprising it
CN110133964A (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
WO2024075837A1 (en) * 2022-10-06 2024-04-11 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colorant-containing liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and method for producing colored resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201623461A (en) 2016-07-01
JP2017226709A (en) 2017-12-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7514967B2 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP6162165B2 (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, organic electroluminescence device, pigment and method for producing pigment
TWI736595B (en) Photosensitive composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6166682B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101733965B1 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, color pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and liquid crystal display device
TWI682973B (en) Curable composition, method for manufacturing curable composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, pattern forming method and device
JP6411548B2 (en) Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2016072259A1 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7126537B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2018021184A1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
WO2018021313A1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
JP2015151530A (en) Composite and production method of the same, colored composition, cured film, color filter, production method of color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device, as well as laminate
JP6348990B2 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR102152047B1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
WO2015019819A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6279745B2 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PATTERN FORMING METHOD, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DYE MULTIMER MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP6574849B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2017086288A1 (en) Curable composition, optical filter, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
WO2016143437A1 (en) Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink jet ink composition and printing ink composition
JP6341694B2 (en) Radiation-sensitive composition and method for producing the same, cured film, color filter and method for producing the same, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6587697B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15857746

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15857746

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1